1 /* PowerPC-specific support for 32-bit ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1994-2019 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 Written by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the
19 Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor,
20 Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
23 /* This file is based on a preliminary PowerPC ELF ABI. The
24 information may not match the final PowerPC ELF ABI. It includes
25 suggestions from the in-progress Embedded PowerPC ABI, and that
26 information may also not match. */
35 #include "elf32-ppc.h"
36 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
38 #include "opcode/ppc.h"
40 typedef enum split16_format_type
47 /* RELA relocations are used here. */
49 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
50 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
51 static bfd_reloc_status_type ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
52 (bfd
*, arelent
*, asymbol
*, void *, asection
*, bfd
*, char **);
54 /* Branch prediction bit for branch taken relocs. */
55 #define BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT 0x200000
56 /* Mask to set RA in memory instructions. */
57 #define RA_REGISTER_MASK 0x001f0000
58 /* Value to shift register by to insert RA. */
59 #define RA_REGISTER_SHIFT 16
61 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
63 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER "/usr/lib/ld.so.1"
65 /* For old-style PLT. */
66 /* The number of single-slot PLT entries (the rest use two slots). */
67 #define PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES 8192
69 /* For new-style .glink and .plt. */
70 #define GLINK_PLTRESOLVE 16*4
71 #define GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE(htab, h) \
74 && h == htab->tls_get_addr \
75 && !htab->params->no_tls_get_addr_opt ? 8*4 : 0) \
76 + (1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align) - 1) \
77 & -(1u << htab->params->plt_stub_align))
79 /* VxWorks uses its own plt layout, filled in by the static linker. */
81 /* The standard VxWorks PLT entry. */
82 #define VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE 32
83 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
84 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
86 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
87 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
88 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
89 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
90 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
91 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> */
95 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
96 [VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
98 0x3d9e0000, /* addis r12,r30,0 */
99 0x818c0000, /* lwz r12,0(r12) */
100 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
101 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
102 0x39600000, /* li r11,0 */
103 0x48000000, /* b 14 <.PLT0resolve+0x4> 14: R_PPC_REL24 .PLTresolve */
104 0x60000000, /* nop */
105 0x60000000, /* nop */
108 /* The initial VxWorks PLT entry. */
109 #define VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE 32
110 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
111 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
113 0x3d800000, /* lis r12,0 */
114 0x398c0000, /* addi r12,r12,0 */
115 0x800c0008, /* lwz r0,8(r12) */
116 0x7c0903a6, /* mtctr r0 */
117 0x818c0004, /* lwz r12,4(r12) */
118 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
119 0x60000000, /* nop */
120 0x60000000, /* nop */
122 static const bfd_vma ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
123 [VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
/ 4] =
125 0x819e0008, /* lwz r12,8(r30) */
126 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr r12 */
127 0x819e0004, /* lwz r12,4(r30) */
128 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
129 0x60000000, /* nop */
130 0x60000000, /* nop */
131 0x60000000, /* nop */
132 0x60000000, /* nop */
135 /* For executables, we have some additional relocations in
136 .rela.plt.unloaded, for the kernel loader. */
138 /* The number of non-JMP_SLOT relocations per PLT0 slot. */
139 #define VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS 3
140 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot. */
141 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS 2
142 /* The number of relocations in the PLTResolve slot when creating
144 #define VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS_SHLIB 0
146 /* Some instructions. */
147 #define ADDIS_11_11 0x3d6b0000
148 #define ADDIS_11_30 0x3d7e0000
149 #define ADDIS_12_12 0x3d8c0000
150 #define ADDI_11_11 0x396b0000
151 #define ADD_0_11_11 0x7c0b5a14
152 #define ADD_3_12_2 0x7c6c1214
153 #define ADD_11_0_11 0x7d605a14
155 #define BA 0x48000002
156 #define BCL_20_31 0x429f0005
157 #define BCTR 0x4e800420
158 #define BEQLR 0x4d820020
159 #define CMPWI_11_0 0x2c0b0000
160 #define LIS_11 0x3d600000
161 #define LIS_12 0x3d800000
162 #define LWZU_0_12 0x840c0000
163 #define LWZ_0_12 0x800c0000
164 #define LWZ_11_3 0x81630000
165 #define LWZ_11_11 0x816b0000
166 #define LWZ_11_30 0x817e0000
167 #define LWZ_12_3 0x81830000
168 #define LWZ_12_12 0x818c0000
169 #define MR_0_3 0x7c601b78
170 #define MR_3_0 0x7c030378
171 #define MFLR_0 0x7c0802a6
172 #define MFLR_12 0x7d8802a6
173 #define MTCTR_0 0x7c0903a6
174 #define MTCTR_11 0x7d6903a6
175 #define MTLR_0 0x7c0803a6
176 #define NOP 0x60000000
177 #define SUB_11_11_12 0x7d6c5850
179 /* Offset of tp and dtp pointers from start of TLS block. */
180 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
181 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
183 /* The value of a defined global symbol. */
184 #define SYM_VAL(SYM) \
185 ((SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma \
186 + (SYM)->root.u.def.section->output_offset \
187 + (SYM)->root.u.def.value)
189 /* Relocation HOWTO's. */
190 /* Like other ELF RELA targets that don't apply multiple
191 field-altering relocations to the same localation, src_mask is
192 always zero and pcrel_offset is the same as pc_relative.
193 PowerPC can always use a zero bitpos, even when the field is not at
194 the LSB. For example, a REL24 could use rightshift=2, bisize=24
195 and bitpos=2 which matches the ABI description, or as we do here,
196 rightshift=0, bitsize=26 and bitpos=0. */
197 #define HOW(type, size, bitsize, mask, rightshift, pc_relative, \
198 complain, special_func) \
199 HOWTO (type, rightshift, size, bitsize, pc_relative, 0, \
200 complain_overflow_ ## complain, special_func, \
201 #type, FALSE, 0, mask, pc_relative)
203 static reloc_howto_type
*ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_max
];
205 static reloc_howto_type ppc_elf_howto_raw
[] = {
206 /* This reloc does nothing. */
207 HOW (R_PPC_NONE
, 3, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
208 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
210 /* A standard 32 bit relocation. */
211 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
212 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
214 /* An absolute 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
215 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
216 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
217 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
219 /* A standard 16 bit relocation. */
220 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
221 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
223 /* A 16 bit relocation without overflow. */
224 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
225 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
227 /* The high order 16 bits of an address. */
228 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
229 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
231 /* The high order 16 bits of an address, plus 1 if the contents of
232 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
233 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
234 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
236 /* An absolute 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero.
237 FIXME: we don't check that, we just clear them. */
238 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
239 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
241 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
242 indicate that the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two
243 bits must be zero. */
244 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
245 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
247 /* An absolute 16 bit branch, for which bit 10 should be set to
248 indicate that the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower
249 two bits must be zero. */
250 HOW (R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, FALSE
, signed,
251 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
253 /* A relative 26 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
254 HOW (R_PPC_REL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
255 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
257 /* A relative 16 bit branch; the lower two bits must be zero. */
258 HOW (R_PPC_REL14
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
259 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
261 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
262 the branch is expected to be taken. The lower two bits must be
264 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
265 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
267 /* A relative 16 bit branch. Bit 10 should be set to indicate that
268 the branch is not expected to be taken. The lower two bits must
270 HOW (R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
, 2, 16, 0xfffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
271 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
273 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but referring to the GOT table entry for the
275 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
276 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
278 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the GOT table entry for
280 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
281 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
283 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the GOT table entry for
285 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
286 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
288 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the GOT table entry for
290 HOW (R_PPC_GOT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
291 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
293 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but referring to the procedure linkage table
294 entry for the symbol. */
295 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL24
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
296 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
298 /* This is used only by the dynamic linker. The symbol should exist
299 both in the object being run and in some shared library. The
300 dynamic linker copies the data addressed by the symbol from the
301 shared library into the object, because the object being
302 run has to have the data at some particular address. */
303 HOW (R_PPC_COPY
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
304 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
306 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but used when setting global offset table
308 HOW (R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
309 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
311 /* Marks a procedure linkage table entry for a symbol. */
312 HOW (R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
313 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
315 /* Used only by the dynamic linker. When the object is run, this
316 longword is set to the load address of the object, plus the
318 HOW (R_PPC_RELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
319 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
321 /* Like R_PPC_REL24, but uses the value of the symbol within the
322 object rather than the final value. Normally used for
323 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
324 HOW (R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
, 2, 26, 0x3fffffc, 0, TRUE
, signed,
325 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
327 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR32, but may be unaligned. */
328 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
329 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
331 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16, but may be unaligned. */
332 HOW (R_PPC_UADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, bitfield
,
333 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
335 /* 32-bit PC relative */
336 HOW (R_PPC_REL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
337 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
339 /* 32-bit relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
340 FIXME: not supported. */
341 HOW (R_PPC_PLT32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
342 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
344 /* 32-bit PC relative relocation to the symbol's procedure linkage table.
345 FIXME: not supported. */
346 HOW (R_PPC_PLTREL32
, 2, 32, 0, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
347 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
349 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_LO, but referring to the PLT table entry for
351 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
352 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
354 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HI, but referring to the PLT table entry for
356 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
357 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
359 /* Like R_PPC_ADDR16_HA, but referring to the PLT table entry for
361 HOW (R_PPC_PLT16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
362 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
364 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA_BASE_, for use with
366 HOW (R_PPC_SDAREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
367 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
369 /* 16-bit section relative relocation. */
370 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
371 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
373 /* 16-bit lower half section relative relocation. */
374 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
375 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
377 /* 16-bit upper half section relative relocation. */
378 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
379 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
381 /* 16-bit upper half adjusted section relative relocation. */
382 HOW (R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
383 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
385 /* Marker relocs for TLS. */
386 HOW (R_PPC_TLS
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
387 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
389 HOW (R_PPC_TLSGD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
390 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
392 HOW (R_PPC_TLSLD
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
393 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
395 /* Marker relocs on inline plt call instructions. */
396 HOW (R_PPC_PLTSEQ
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
397 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
399 HOW (R_PPC_PLTCALL
, 2, 32, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
400 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
402 /* Computes the load module index of the load module that contains the
403 definition of its TLS sym. */
404 HOW (R_PPC_DTPMOD32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
405 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
407 /* Computes a dtv-relative displacement, the difference between the value
408 of sym+add and the base address of the thread-local storage block that
409 contains the definition of sym, minus 0x8000. */
410 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
411 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
413 /* A 16 bit dtprel reloc. */
414 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
415 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
417 /* Like DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
418 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
419 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
421 /* Like DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
422 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
423 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
425 /* Like DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
426 HOW (R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
427 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
429 /* Computes a tp-relative displacement, the difference between the value of
430 sym+add and the value of the thread pointer (r13). */
431 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
432 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
434 /* A 16 bit tprel reloc. */
435 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
436 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
438 /* Like TPREL16, but no overflow. */
439 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
440 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
442 /* Like TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
443 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
444 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
446 /* Like TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
447 HOW (R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
448 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
450 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
451 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes the offset
452 to the first entry. */
453 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
454 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
456 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16, but no overflow. */
457 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
458 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
460 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
461 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
462 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
464 /* Like GOT_TLSGD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
465 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
466 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
468 /* Allocates two contiguous entries in the GOT to hold a tls_index structure,
469 with values (sym+add)@dtpmod and zero, and computes the offset to the
471 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
472 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
474 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16, but no overflow. */
475 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
476 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
478 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
479 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
480 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
482 /* Like GOT_TLSLD16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
483 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
484 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
486 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@dtprel, and computes
487 the offset to the entry. */
488 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
489 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
491 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16, but no overflow. */
492 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
493 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
495 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
496 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
497 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
499 /* Like GOT_DTPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
500 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
501 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
503 /* Allocates an entry in the GOT with value (sym+add)@tprel, and computes the
504 offset to the entry. */
505 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
506 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
508 /* Like GOT_TPREL16, but no overflow. */
509 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
510 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
512 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_LO, but next higher group of 16 bits. */
513 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
514 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
516 /* Like GOT_TPREL16_HI, but adjust for low 16 bits. */
517 HOW (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
518 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
520 /* The remaining relocs are from the Embedded ELF ABI, and are not
521 in the SVR4 ELF ABI. */
523 /* 32 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
524 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
525 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
527 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
528 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
529 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
531 /* 16 bit value resulting from the addend minus the symbol. */
532 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
533 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
535 /* The high order 16 bits of the addend minus the symbol. */
536 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
537 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
539 /* The high order 16 bits of the result of the addend minus the address,
540 plus 1 if the contents of the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number,
542 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
543 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
545 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
546 address in the .sdata section, and returning the offset from
547 _SDA_BASE_ for that relocation. */
548 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
549 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
551 /* 16 bit value resulting from allocating a 4 byte word to hold an
552 address in the .sdata2 section, and returning the offset from
553 _SDA2_BASE_ for that relocation. */
554 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
555 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
557 /* A sign-extended 16 bit value relative to _SDA2_BASE_, for use with
559 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
560 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
562 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling in the 16 bit
563 signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the register
564 field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
565 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
566 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
568 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF */
569 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16 */
570 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO */
571 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI */
572 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA */
573 /* Relocation not handled: R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD */
575 /* PC relative relocation against either _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_, filling
576 in the 16 bit signed offset from the appropriate base, and filling in the
577 register field with the appropriate register (0, 2, or 13). */
578 HOW (R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
579 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
581 /* A relative 8 bit branch. */
582 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL8
, 1, 8, 0xff, 1, TRUE
, signed,
583 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
585 /* A relative 15 bit branch. */
586 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL15
, 2, 16, 0xfffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
587 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
589 /* A relative 24 bit branch. */
590 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_REL24
, 2, 25, 0x1fffffe, 0, TRUE
, signed,
591 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
593 /* The 16 LSBS in split16a format. */
594 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
595 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
597 /* The 16 LSBS in split16d format. */
598 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
599 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
601 /* Bits 16-31 split16a format. */
602 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
603 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
605 /* Bits 16-31 split16d format. */
606 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
607 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
609 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16a format. */
610 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
611 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
613 /* Bits 16-31 (High Adjusted) in split16d format. */
614 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
615 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
617 /* This reloc is like R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 but only applies to e_add16i
618 instructions. If the register base is 0 then the linker changes
619 the e_add16i to an e_li instruction. */
620 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
621 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
623 /* Like R_PPC_VLE_SDA21 but ignore overflow. */
624 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
, 2, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
625 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
627 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
628 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
629 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
631 /* The 16 LSBS relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
632 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
633 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
635 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16a format. */
636 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
637 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
639 /* Bits 16-31 relative to _SDA_BASE_ in split16d format. */
640 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
641 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
643 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16a format. */
644 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
, 2, 16, 0x1f07ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
645 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
647 /* Bits 16-31 (HA) relative to _SDA_BASE split16d format. */
648 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
, 2, 16, 0x3e007ff, 16, FALSE
, dont
,
649 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
651 /* e_li split20 format. */
652 HOW (R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
, 2, 20, 0x1f7fff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
653 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
655 HOW (R_PPC_IRELATIVE
, 2, 32, 0xffffffff, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
656 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
658 /* A 16 bit relative relocation. */
659 HOW (R_PPC_REL16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, signed,
660 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
662 /* A 16 bit relative relocation without overflow. */
663 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_LO
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, TRUE
, dont
,
664 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
666 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address. */
667 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HI
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
668 bfd_elf_generic_reloc
),
670 /* The high order 16 bits of a relative address, plus 1 if the contents of
671 the low 16 bits, treated as a signed number, is negative. */
672 HOW (R_PPC_REL16_HA
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 16, TRUE
, dont
,
673 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
675 /* Like R_PPC_REL16_HA but for split field in addpcis. */
676 HOW (R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, TRUE
, signed,
677 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
679 /* A split-field reloc for addpcis, non-relative (gas internal use only). */
680 HOW (R_PPC_16DX_HA
, 2, 16, 0x1fffc1, 16, FALSE
, signed,
681 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc
),
683 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable hierarchy. */
684 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
687 /* GNU extension to record C++ vtable member usage. */
688 HOW (R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
, 0, 0, 0, 0, FALSE
, dont
,
691 /* Phony reloc to handle AIX style TOC entries. */
692 HOW (R_PPC_TOC16
, 1, 16, 0xffff, 0, FALSE
, signed,
693 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc
),
696 /* Initialize the ppc_elf_howto_table, so that linear accesses can be done. */
699 ppc_elf_howto_init (void)
701 unsigned int i
, type
;
704 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
707 type
= ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].type
;
708 if (type
>= (sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
)
709 / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_table
[0])))
711 ppc_elf_howto_table
[type
] = &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
715 static reloc_howto_type
*
716 ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
717 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code
)
719 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r
;
721 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
722 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
723 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
730 case BFD_RELOC_NONE
: r
= R_PPC_NONE
; break;
731 case BFD_RELOC_32
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
732 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA26
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR24
; break;
733 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_DS
:
734 case BFD_RELOC_16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16
; break;
735 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_ADDR16_LO_DS
:
736 case BFD_RELOC_LO16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
; break;
737 case BFD_RELOC_HI16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
; break;
738 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
; break;
739 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14
; break;
740 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
; break;
741 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_BA16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
742 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B26
: r
= R_PPC_REL24
; break;
743 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16
: r
= R_PPC_REL14
; break;
744 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
; break;
745 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_B16_BRNTAKEN
: r
= R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
; break;
746 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_DS
:
747 case BFD_RELOC_16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16
; break;
748 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_GOT16_LO_DS
:
749 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
; break;
750 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HI
; break;
751 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_GOTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_GOT16_HA
; break;
752 case BFD_RELOC_24_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL24
; break;
753 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_COPY
: r
= R_PPC_COPY
; break;
754 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GLOB_DAT
: r
= R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
; break;
755 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_LOCAL24PC
: r
= R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
; break;
756 case BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL32
; break;
757 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT32
; break;
758 case BFD_RELOC_32_PLT_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_PLTREL32
; break;
759 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_PLT16_LO_DS
:
760 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_LO
; break;
761 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HI
; break;
762 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PLTOFF
: r
= R_PPC_PLT16_HA
; break;
763 case BFD_RELOC_GPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_SDAREL16
; break;
764 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_DS
:
765 case BFD_RELOC_16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF
; break;
766 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_SECTOFF_LO_DS
:
767 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
; break;
768 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
; break;
769 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_BASEREL
: r
= R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
; break;
770 case BFD_RELOC_CTOR
: r
= R_PPC_ADDR32
; break;
771 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TOC16_DS
:
772 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TOC16
: r
= R_PPC_TOC16
; break;
773 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLS
: r
= R_PPC_TLS
; break;
774 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSGD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSGD
; break;
775 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TLSLD
: r
= R_PPC_TLSLD
; break;
776 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPMOD
: r
= R_PPC_DTPMOD32
; break;
777 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_DS
:
778 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16
; break;
779 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_TPREL16_LO_DS
:
780 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
; break;
781 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
; break;
782 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
; break;
783 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_TPREL
: r
= R_PPC_TPREL32
; break;
784 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_DS
:
785 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16
; break;
786 case BFD_RELOC_PPC64_DTPREL16_LO_DS
:
787 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
788 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
789 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
790 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_DTPREL
: r
= R_PPC_DTPREL32
; break;
791 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
; break;
792 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
; break;
793 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
; break;
794 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
; break;
795 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
; break;
796 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
; break;
797 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
; break;
798 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
; break;
799 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
; break;
800 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
; break;
801 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
; break;
802 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
; break;
803 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
; break;
804 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
; break;
805 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
; break;
806 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
; break;
807 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
; break;
808 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
; break;
809 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
; break;
810 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
; break;
811 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
; break;
812 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
; break;
813 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
; break;
814 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
; break;
815 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
; break;
816 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
; break;
817 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
; break;
818 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
; break;
819 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
; break;
820 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
; break;
821 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
; break;
822 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
: r
= R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
; break;
823 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL8
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL8
; break;
824 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL15
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL15
; break;
825 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_REL24
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_REL24
; break;
826 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
; break;
827 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_LO16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
; break;
828 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
; break;
829 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HI16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
; break;
830 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16A
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
; break;
831 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_HA16D
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
; break;
832 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
; break;
833 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
: r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
; break;
834 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
835 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
;
837 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
838 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
;
840 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
841 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
;
843 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
844 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
;
846 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
847 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
;
849 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
850 r
= R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
;
852 case BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16
; break;
853 case BFD_RELOC_LO16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_LO
; break;
854 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HI
; break;
855 case BFD_RELOC_HI16_S_PCREL
: r
= R_PPC_REL16_HA
; break;
856 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_16DX_HA
; break;
857 case BFD_RELOC_PPC_REL16DX_HA
: r
= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
; break;
858 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_INHERIT
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
; break;
859 case BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
: r
= R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
; break;
862 return ppc_elf_howto_table
[r
];
865 static reloc_howto_type
*
866 ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
872 i
< sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
) / sizeof (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[0]);
874 if (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
!= NULL
875 && strcasecmp (ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
].name
, r_name
) == 0)
876 return &ppc_elf_howto_raw
[i
];
881 /* Set the howto pointer for a PowerPC ELF reloc. */
884 ppc_elf_info_to_howto (bfd
*abfd
,
886 Elf_Internal_Rela
*dst
)
890 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
891 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
892 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
894 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (dst
->r_info
);
895 if (r_type
>= R_PPC_max
)
897 /* xgettext:c-format */
898 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
900 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
904 cache_ptr
->howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
906 /* Just because the above assert didn't trigger doesn't mean that
907 ELF32_R_TYPE (dst->r_info) is necessarily a valid relocation. */
908 if (cache_ptr
->howto
== NULL
)
910 /* xgettext:c-format */
911 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: unsupported relocation type %#x"),
913 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
921 /* Handle the R_PPC_ADDR16_HA and R_PPC_REL16_HA relocs. */
923 static bfd_reloc_status_type
924 ppc_elf_addr16_ha_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
925 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
928 asection
*input_section
,
930 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
932 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
934 bfd_size_type octets
;
937 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
939 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
943 reloc_entry
->addend
+= 0x8000;
944 r_type
= reloc_entry
->howto
->type
;
945 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
946 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
949 if (!bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
950 value
= symbol
->value
;
951 value
+= (reloc_entry
->addend
952 + symbol
->section
->output_offset
953 + symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
);
954 value
-= (reloc_entry
->address
955 + input_section
->output_offset
956 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
959 octets
= reloc_entry
->address
* bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd
);
960 insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
962 insn
|= (value
& 0xffc1) | ((value
& 0x3e) << 15);
963 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, insn
, (bfd_byte
*) data
+ octets
);
967 static bfd_reloc_status_type
968 ppc_elf_unhandled_reloc (bfd
*abfd
,
969 arelent
*reloc_entry
,
972 asection
*input_section
,
974 char **error_message
)
976 /* If this is a relocatable link (output_bfd test tells us), just
977 call the generic function. Any adjustment will be done at final
979 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
980 return bfd_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
981 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
983 if (error_message
!= NULL
)
986 sprintf (buf
, _("generic linker can't handle %s"),
987 reloc_entry
->howto
->name
);
988 *error_message
= buf
;
990 return bfd_reloc_dangerous
;
993 /* Sections created by the linker. */
995 typedef struct elf_linker_section
997 /* Pointer to the bfd section. */
1001 /* Associated bss section name. */
1002 const char *bss_name
;
1003 /* Associated symbol name. */
1004 const char *sym_name
;
1005 /* Associated symbol. */
1006 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym
;
1007 } elf_linker_section_t
;
1009 /* Linked list of allocated pointer entries. This hangs off of the
1010 symbol lists, and provides allows us to return different pointers,
1011 based on different addend's. */
1013 typedef struct elf_linker_section_pointers
1015 /* next allocated pointer for this symbol */
1016 struct elf_linker_section_pointers
*next
;
1017 /* offset of pointer from beginning of section */
1021 /* which linker section this is */
1022 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
;
1023 } elf_linker_section_pointers_t
;
1025 struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
1027 struct elf_obj_tdata elf
;
1029 /* A mapping from local symbols to offsets into the various linker
1030 sections added. This is index by the symbol index. */
1031 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**linker_section_pointers
;
1033 /* Flags used to auto-detect plt type. */
1034 unsigned int makes_plt_call
: 1;
1035 unsigned int has_rel16
: 1;
1038 #define ppc_elf_tdata(bfd) \
1039 ((struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
1041 #define elf_local_ptr_offsets(bfd) \
1042 (ppc_elf_tdata (bfd)->linker_section_pointers)
1044 #define is_ppc_elf(bfd) \
1045 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
1046 && elf_object_id (bfd) == PPC32_ELF_DATA)
1048 /* Override the generic function because we store some extras. */
1051 ppc_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1053 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_obj_tdata
),
1057 /* When defaulting arch/mach, decode apuinfo to find a better match. */
1060 _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (bfd
*abfd
)
1062 unsigned long mach
= 0;
1064 unsigned char *contents
;
1066 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32
1067 && bfd_big_endian (abfd
))
1070 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
1071 if ((elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1074 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1079 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1082 && bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, s
, &contents
))
1084 unsigned int apuinfo_size
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ 4);
1087 for (i
= 20; i
< apuinfo_size
+ 20 && i
+ 4 <= s
->size
; i
+= 4)
1089 unsigned int val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ i
);
1092 case PPC_APUINFO_PMR
:
1093 case PPC_APUINFO_RFMCI
:
1095 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_titan
;
1098 case PPC_APUINFO_ISEL
:
1099 case PPC_APUINFO_CACHELCK
:
1100 if (mach
== bfd_mach_ppc_titan
)
1101 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500mc
;
1104 case PPC_APUINFO_SPE
:
1105 case PPC_APUINFO_EFS
:
1106 case PPC_APUINFO_BRLOCK
:
1107 if (mach
!= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
)
1108 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_e500
;
1111 case PPC_APUINFO_VLE
:
1112 mach
= bfd_mach_ppc_vle
;
1123 if (mach
!= 0 && mach
!= -1ul)
1125 const bfd_arch_info_type
*arch
;
1127 for (arch
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
; arch
; arch
= arch
->next
)
1128 if (arch
->mach
== mach
)
1130 abfd
->arch_info
= arch
;
1137 /* Fix bad default arch selected for a 32 bit input bfd when the
1138 default is 64 bit. Also select arch based on apuinfo. */
1141 ppc_elf_object_p (bfd
*abfd
)
1143 if (!abfd
->arch_info
->the_default
)
1146 if (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 64)
1148 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdr
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
1150 if (i_ehdr
->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS32
)
1152 /* Relies on arch after 64 bit default being 32 bit default. */
1153 abfd
->arch_info
= abfd
->arch_info
->next
;
1154 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->arch_info
->bits_per_word
== 32);
1157 return _bfd_elf_ppc_set_arch (abfd
);
1160 /* Function to set whether a module needs the -mrelocatable bit set. */
1163 ppc_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
1165 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
1166 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
1168 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
1169 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
1173 /* Support for core dump NOTE sections. */
1176 ppc_elf_grok_prstatus (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1181 switch (note
->descsz
)
1186 case 268: /* Linux/PPC. */
1188 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->signal
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 12);
1191 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->lwpid
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 24);
1200 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
1201 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd
, ".reg",
1202 size
, note
->descpos
+ offset
);
1206 ppc_elf_grok_psinfo (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Note
*note
)
1208 switch (note
->descsz
)
1213 case 128: /* Linux/PPC elf_prpsinfo. */
1214 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->pid
1215 = bfd_get_32 (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 16);
1216 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->program
1217 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 32, 16);
1218 elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
1219 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd
, note
->descdata
+ 48, 80);
1222 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
1223 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
1224 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
1227 char *command
= elf_tdata (abfd
)->core
->command
;
1228 int n
= strlen (command
);
1230 if (0 < n
&& command
[n
- 1] == ' ')
1231 command
[n
- 1] = '\0';
1238 ppc_elf_write_core_note (bfd
*abfd
, char *buf
, int *bufsiz
, int note_type
, ...)
1247 char data
[128] ATTRIBUTE_NONSTRING
;
1250 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1251 memset (data
, 0, sizeof (data
));
1252 strncpy (data
+ 32, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 16);
1253 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1255 /* GCC 8.0 and 8.1 warn about 80 equals destination size with
1256 -Wstringop-truncation:
1257 https://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=85643
1259 DIAGNOSTIC_IGNORE_STRINGOP_TRUNCATION
;
1261 strncpy (data
+ 48, va_arg (ap
, const char *), 80);
1262 #if GCC_VERSION == 8000 || GCC_VERSION == 8001
1266 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1267 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1278 va_start (ap
, note_type
);
1279 memset (data
, 0, 72);
1280 pid
= va_arg (ap
, long);
1281 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, pid
, data
+ 24);
1282 cursig
= va_arg (ap
, int);
1283 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, cursig
, data
+ 12);
1284 greg
= va_arg (ap
, const void *);
1285 memcpy (data
+ 72, greg
, 192);
1286 memset (data
+ 264, 0, 4);
1288 return elfcore_write_note (abfd
, buf
, bufsiz
,
1289 "CORE", note_type
, data
, sizeof (data
));
1295 ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags (char *flag_name
)
1298 if (!strcmp (flag_name
, "SHF_PPC_VLE"))
1304 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
1305 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
1308 ppc_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1309 const asection
*plt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1312 return rel
->address
;
1315 /* Handle a PowerPC specific section when reading an object file. This
1316 is called when bfd_section_from_shdr finds a section with an unknown
1320 ppc_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
1321 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
1328 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
1331 newsect
= hdr
->bfd_section
;
1332 flags
= bfd_section_flags (newsect
);
1333 if (hdr
->sh_flags
& SHF_EXCLUDE
)
1334 flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1336 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_ORDERED
)
1337 flags
|= SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
;
1339 bfd_set_section_flags (newsect
, flags
);
1343 /* Set up any other section flags and such that may be necessary. */
1346 ppc_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1347 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*shdr
,
1350 if ((asect
->flags
& SEC_SORT_ENTRIES
) != 0)
1351 shdr
->sh_type
= SHT_ORDERED
;
1356 /* If we have .sbss2 or .PPC.EMB.sbss0 output sections, we
1357 need to bump up the number of section headers. */
1360 ppc_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
1361 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1366 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".sbss2");
1367 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1370 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0");
1371 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
1377 /* Modify the segment map for VLE executables. */
1380 ppc_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
1381 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1383 struct elf_segment_map
*m
;
1385 /* At this point in the link, output sections have already been sorted by
1386 LMA and assigned to segments. All that is left to do is to ensure
1387 there is no mixing of VLE & non-VLE sections in a text segment.
1388 If we find that case, we split the segment.
1389 We maintain the original output section order. */
1391 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
1393 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
1396 unsigned int p_flags
;
1398 if (m
->p_type
!= PT_LOAD
|| m
->count
== 0)
1401 for (p_flags
= PF_R
, j
= 0; j
!= m
->count
; ++j
)
1403 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1405 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1408 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1409 p_flags
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1414 while (++j
!= m
->count
)
1416 unsigned int p_flags1
= PF_R
;
1418 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) == 0)
1420 if ((m
->sections
[j
]->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
1423 if ((elf_section_flags (m
->sections
[j
]) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1424 p_flags1
|= PF_PPC_VLE
;
1425 if (((p_flags1
^ p_flags
) & PF_PPC_VLE
) != 0)
1428 p_flags
|= p_flags1
;
1430 /* If we're splitting a segment which originally contained rw
1431 sections then those sections might now only be in one of the
1432 two parts. So always set p_flags if splitting, even if we
1433 are being called for objcopy with p_flags_valid set. */
1434 if (j
!= m
->count
|| !m
->p_flags_valid
)
1436 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
1437 m
->p_flags
= p_flags
;
1442 /* Sections 0..j-1 stay in this (current) segment,
1443 the remainder are put in a new segment.
1444 The scan resumes with the new segment. */
1446 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
1447 amt
+= (m
->count
- j
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
1448 n
= (struct elf_segment_map
*) bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1452 n
->p_type
= PT_LOAD
;
1453 n
->count
= m
->count
- j
;
1454 for (k
= 0; k
< n
->count
; ++k
)
1455 n
->sections
[k
] = m
->sections
[j
+ k
];
1457 m
->p_size_valid
= 0;
1465 /* Add extra PPC sections -- Note, for now, make .sbss2 and
1466 .PPC.EMB.sbss0 a normal section, and not a bss section so
1467 that the linker doesn't crater when trying to make more than
1470 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_elf_special_sections
[] =
1472 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_EXECINSTR
},
1473 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1474 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1475 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
},
1476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata2"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tags"), 0, SHT_ORDERED
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
), 0, SHT_NOTE
, 0 },
1479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sbss0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".PPC.EMB.sdata0"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
},
1481 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
1484 /* This is what we want for new plt/got. */
1485 static struct bfd_elf_special_section ppc_alt_plt
=
1486 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
};
1488 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
1489 ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1491 const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*ssect
;
1493 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
1494 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
1497 ssect
= _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec
->name
, ppc_elf_special_sections
,
1501 if (ssect
== ppc_elf_special_sections
&& (sec
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
1502 ssect
= &ppc_alt_plt
;
1506 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
1509 /* Very simple linked list structure for recording apuinfo values. */
1510 typedef struct apuinfo_list
1512 struct apuinfo_list
*next
;
1513 unsigned long value
;
1517 static apuinfo_list
*head
;
1518 static bfd_boolean apuinfo_set
;
1521 apuinfo_list_init (void)
1524 apuinfo_set
= FALSE
;
1528 apuinfo_list_add (unsigned long value
)
1530 apuinfo_list
*entry
= head
;
1532 while (entry
!= NULL
)
1534 if (entry
->value
== value
)
1536 entry
= entry
->next
;
1539 entry
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (* entry
));
1543 entry
->value
= value
;
1549 apuinfo_list_length (void)
1551 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1552 unsigned long count
;
1554 for (entry
= head
, count
= 0;
1556 entry
= entry
->next
)
1562 static inline unsigned long
1563 apuinfo_list_element (unsigned long number
)
1565 apuinfo_list
* entry
;
1569 entry
= entry
->next
)
1572 return entry
? entry
->value
: 0;
1576 apuinfo_list_finish (void)
1578 apuinfo_list
*entry
;
1580 for (entry
= head
; entry
;)
1582 apuinfo_list
*next
= entry
->next
;
1590 /* Scan the input BFDs and create a linked list of
1591 the APUinfo values that will need to be emitted. */
1594 ppc_elf_begin_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
1598 char *buffer
= NULL
;
1599 bfd_size_type largest_input_size
= 0;
1601 unsigned long length
;
1602 const char *error_message
= NULL
;
1604 if (link_info
== NULL
)
1607 apuinfo_list_init ();
1609 /* Read in the input sections contents. */
1610 for (ibfd
= link_info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
1612 unsigned long datum
;
1614 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1618 /* xgettext:c-format */
1619 error_message
= _("corrupt %s section in %pB");
1620 length
= asec
->size
;
1625 if (largest_input_size
< asec
->size
)
1629 largest_input_size
= asec
->size
;
1630 buffer
= bfd_malloc (largest_input_size
);
1635 if (bfd_seek (ibfd
, asec
->filepos
, SEEK_SET
) != 0
1636 || (bfd_bread (buffer
, length
, ibfd
) != length
))
1638 /* xgettext:c-format */
1639 error_message
= _("unable to read in %s section from %pB");
1643 /* Verify the contents of the header. Note - we have to
1644 extract the values this way in order to allow for a
1645 host whose endian-ness is different from the target. */
1646 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
);
1647 if (datum
!= sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
)
1650 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 8);
1654 if (strcmp (buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
) != 0)
1657 /* Get the number of bytes used for apuinfo entries. */
1658 datum
= bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 4);
1659 if (datum
+ 20 != length
)
1662 /* Scan the apuinfo section, building a list of apuinfo numbers. */
1663 for (i
= 0; i
< datum
; i
+= 4)
1664 apuinfo_list_add (bfd_get_32 (ibfd
, buffer
+ 20 + i
));
1667 error_message
= NULL
;
1671 /* Compute the size of the output section. */
1672 unsigned num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1674 /* Set the output section size, if it exists. */
1675 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1677 if (asec
&& !bfd_set_section_size (asec
, 20 + num_entries
* 4))
1680 /* xgettext:c-format */
1681 error_message
= _("warning: unable to set size of %s section in %pB");
1690 _bfd_error_handler (error_message
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
, ibfd
);
1693 /* Prevent the output section from accumulating the input sections'
1694 contents. We have already stored this in our linked list structure. */
1697 ppc_elf_write_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1698 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1700 bfd_byte
*contents ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
1702 return apuinfo_set
&& strcmp (asec
->name
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
) == 0;
1705 /* Finally we can generate the output section. */
1708 ppc_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1713 unsigned num_entries
;
1714 bfd_size_type length
;
1716 asec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, APUINFO_SECTION_NAME
);
1723 length
= asec
->size
;
1727 buffer
= bfd_malloc (length
);
1731 (_("failed to allocate space for new APUinfo section"));
1735 /* Create the apuinfo header. */
1736 num_entries
= apuinfo_list_length ();
1737 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, sizeof APUINFO_LABEL
, buffer
);
1738 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, num_entries
* 4, buffer
+ 4);
1739 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, 0x2, buffer
+ 8);
1740 strcpy ((char *) buffer
+ 12, APUINFO_LABEL
);
1743 for (i
= 0; i
< num_entries
; i
++)
1745 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, apuinfo_list_element (i
), buffer
+ length
);
1749 if (length
!= asec
->size
)
1750 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to compute new APUinfo section"));
1752 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, asec
, buffer
, (file_ptr
) 0, length
))
1753 _bfd_error_handler (_("failed to install new APUinfo section"));
1757 apuinfo_list_finish ();
1761 ppc_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
1763 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1764 return _bfd_elf_final_write_processing (abfd
);
1768 is_nonpic_glink_stub (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*glink
, bfd_vma off
)
1770 bfd_byte buf
[4 * 4];
1772 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
, off
, sizeof buf
))
1775 return ((bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 0) & 0xffff0000) == LIS_11
1776 && (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 4) & 0xffff0000) == LWZ_11_11
1777 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 8) == MTCTR_11
1778 && bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
+ 12) == BCTR
);
1782 section_covers_vma (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, asection
*section
, void *ptr
)
1784 bfd_vma vma
= *(bfd_vma
*) ptr
;
1785 return ((section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
1786 && section
->vma
<= vma
1787 && vma
< section
->vma
+ section
->size
);
1791 ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
, long symcount
, asymbol
**syms
,
1792 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
1795 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
1796 asection
*plt
, *relplt
, *dynamic
, *glink
;
1797 bfd_vma glink_vma
= 0;
1798 bfd_vma resolv_vma
= 0;
1802 long count
, i
, stub_delta
;
1809 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0)
1812 if (dynsymcount
<= 0)
1815 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
1819 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
1823 /* Call common code to handle old-style executable PLTs. */
1824 if (elf_section_flags (plt
) & SHF_EXECINSTR
)
1825 return _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (abfd
, symcount
, syms
,
1826 dynsymcount
, dynsyms
, ret
);
1828 /* If this object was prelinked, the prelinker stored the address
1829 of .glink at got[1]. If it wasn't prelinked, got[1] will be zero. */
1830 dynamic
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic");
1831 if (dynamic
!= NULL
)
1833 bfd_byte
*dynbuf
, *extdyn
, *extdynend
;
1835 void (*swap_dyn_in
) (bfd
*, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn
*);
1837 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, dynamic
, &dynbuf
))
1840 extdynsize
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->sizeof_dyn
;
1841 swap_dyn_in
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
;
1844 extdynend
= extdyn
+ dynamic
->size
;
1845 for (; extdyn
< extdynend
; extdyn
+= extdynsize
)
1847 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
1848 (*swap_dyn_in
) (abfd
, extdyn
, &dyn
);
1850 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_NULL
)
1853 if (dyn
.d_tag
== DT_PPC_GOT
)
1855 unsigned int g_o_t
= dyn
.d_un
.d_val
;
1856 asection
*got
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got");
1858 && bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, got
, buf
,
1859 g_o_t
- got
->vma
+ 4, 4))
1860 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1867 /* Otherwise we read the first plt entry. */
1870 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, plt
, buf
, 0, 4))
1871 glink_vma
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1877 /* The .glink section usually does not survive the final
1878 link; search for the section (usually .text) where the
1879 glink stubs now reside. */
1880 glink
= bfd_sections_find_if (abfd
, section_covers_vma
, &glink_vma
);
1884 /* Determine glink PLT resolver by reading the relative branch
1885 from the first glink stub. */
1886 if (bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1887 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
, 4))
1889 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
);
1891 /* The first glink stub may either branch to the resolver ... */
1893 if ((insn
& ~0x3fffffc) == 0)
1894 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ (insn
^ 0x2000000) - 0x2000000;
1896 /* ... or fall through a bunch of NOPs. */
1897 else if ((insn
^ B
^ NOP
) == 0)
1899 bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, glink
, buf
,
1900 glink_vma
- glink
->vma
+ i
, 4);
1902 if (bfd_get_32 (abfd
, buf
) != NOP
)
1904 resolv_vma
= glink_vma
+ i
;
1909 count
= relplt
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
1910 /* If the stubs are those for -shared/-pie then we might have
1911 multiple stubs for each plt entry. If that is the case then
1912 there is no way to associate stubs with their plt entries short
1913 of figuring out the GOT pointer value used in the stub.
1914 The offsets tested here need to cover all possible values of
1915 GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE for other than __tls_get_addr_opt. */
1916 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1917 for (stub_delta
= 16; stub_delta
<= 32; stub_delta
+= 8)
1918 if (is_nonpic_glink_stub (abfd
, glink
, stub_off
- stub_delta
))
1920 if (stub_delta
> 32)
1923 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
1924 if (! (*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
1927 size
= count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
1928 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
1929 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++, p
++)
1931 size
+= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
) + sizeof ("@plt");
1933 size
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
1936 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink");
1939 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
1941 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
1945 stub_off
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1946 names
= (char *) (s
+ count
+ 1 + (resolv_vma
!= 0));
1947 p
= relplt
->relocation
+ count
- 1;
1948 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1952 stub_off
-= stub_delta
;
1953 if (strcmp ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, "__tls_get_addr_opt") == 0)
1955 *s
= **p
->sym_ptr_ptr
;
1956 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
1957 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
1958 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
1959 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
1960 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1962 s
->value
= stub_off
;
1965 len
= strlen ((*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
1966 memcpy (names
, (*p
->sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
1970 memcpy (names
, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
1971 names
+= sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
1972 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd
, names
, p
->addend
);
1973 names
+= strlen (names
);
1975 memcpy (names
, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
1976 names
+= sizeof ("@plt");
1981 /* Add a symbol at the start of the glink branch table. */
1982 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1984 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
1986 s
->value
= glink_vma
- glink
->vma
;
1988 memcpy (names
, "__glink", sizeof ("__glink"));
1989 names
+= sizeof ("__glink");
1995 /* Add a symbol for the glink PLT resolver. */
1996 memset (s
, 0, sizeof *s
);
1998 s
->flags
= BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
2000 s
->value
= resolv_vma
- glink
->vma
;
2002 memcpy (names
, "__glink_PLTresolve", sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve"));
2003 names
+= sizeof ("__glink_PLTresolve");
2011 /* The following functions are specific to the ELF linker, while
2012 functions above are used generally. They appear in this file more
2013 or less in the order in which they are called. eg.
2014 ppc_elf_check_relocs is called early in the link process,
2015 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections is one of the last functions
2018 /* Track PLT entries needed for a given symbol. We might need more
2019 than one glink entry per symbol when generating a pic binary. */
2022 struct plt_entry
*next
;
2024 /* -fPIC uses multiple GOT sections, one per file, called ".got2".
2025 This field stores the offset into .got2 used to initialise the
2026 GOT pointer reg. It will always be at least 32768. (Current
2027 gcc always uses an offset of 32768, but ld -r will pack .got2
2028 sections together resulting in larger offsets). */
2031 /* The .got2 section. */
2034 /* PLT refcount or offset. */
2037 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2041 /* .glink stub offset. */
2042 bfd_vma glink_offset
;
2045 /* Of those relocs that might be copied as dynamic relocs, this
2046 function selects those that must be copied when linking a shared
2047 library or PIE, even when the symbol is local. */
2050 must_be_dyn_reloc (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2051 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2056 /* Only relative relocs can be resolved when the object load
2057 address isn't fixed. DTPREL32 is excluded because the
2058 dynamic linker needs to differentiate global dynamic from
2059 local dynamic __tls_index pairs when PPC_OPT_TLS is set. */
2064 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
2065 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
2071 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
2072 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
2073 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
2074 /* These relocations are relative but in a shared library the
2075 linker doesn't know the thread pointer base. */
2076 return bfd_link_dll (info
);
2080 /* If ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS is non-zero, the linker will try to avoid
2081 copying dynamic variables from a shared lib into an app's dynbss
2082 section, and instead use a dynamic relocation to point into the
2084 #define ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS 1
2086 /* Used to track dynamic relocations for local symbols. */
2087 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
2089 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*next
;
2091 /* The input section of the reloc. */
2094 /* Total number of relocs copied for the input section. */
2095 unsigned int count
: 31;
2097 /* Whether this entry is for STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. */
2098 unsigned int ifunc
: 1;
2101 /* PPC ELF linker hash entry. */
2103 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
2105 struct elf_link_hash_entry elf
;
2107 /* If this symbol is used in the linker created sections, the processor
2108 specific backend uses this field to map the field into the offset
2109 from the beginning of the section. */
2110 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_pointer
;
2112 /* Track dynamic relocs copied for this symbol. */
2113 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*dyn_relocs
;
2115 /* Contexts in which symbol is used in the GOT.
2116 Bits are or'd into the mask as the corresponding relocs are
2117 encountered during check_relocs, with TLS_TLS being set when any
2118 of the other TLS bits are set. tls_optimize clears bits when
2119 optimizing to indicate the corresponding GOT entry type is not
2120 needed. If set, TLS_TLS is never cleared. tls_optimize may also
2121 set TLS_GDIE when a GD reloc turns into an IE one.
2122 These flags are also kept for local symbols. */
2123 #define TLS_TLS 1 /* Any TLS reloc. */
2124 #define TLS_GD 2 /* GD reloc. */
2125 #define TLS_LD 4 /* LD reloc. */
2126 #define TLS_TPREL 8 /* TPREL reloc, => IE. */
2127 #define TLS_DTPREL 16 /* DTPREL reloc, => LD. */
2128 #define TLS_MARK 32 /* __tls_get_addr call marked. */
2129 #define TLS_GDIE 64 /* GOT TPREL reloc resulting from GD->IE. */
2130 unsigned char tls_mask
;
2132 /* The above field is also used to mark function symbols. In which
2133 case TLS_TLS will be 0. */
2134 #define PLT_IFUNC 2 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
2135 #define PLT_KEEP 4 /* inline plt call requires plt entry. */
2136 #define NON_GOT 256 /* local symbol plt, not stored. */
2138 /* Nonzero if we have seen a small data relocation referring to this
2140 unsigned char has_sda_refs
: 1;
2142 /* Flag use of given relocations. */
2143 unsigned char has_addr16_ha
: 1;
2144 unsigned char has_addr16_lo
: 1;
2147 #define ppc_elf_hash_entry(ent) ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry *) (ent))
2149 /* PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2151 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
2153 struct elf_link_hash_table elf
;
2155 /* Various options passed from the linker. */
2156 struct ppc_elf_params
*params
;
2158 /* Short-cuts to get to dynamic linker sections. */
2162 elf_linker_section_t sdata
[2];
2164 asection
*glink_eh_frame
;
2166 asection
*relpltlocal
;
2168 /* The (unloaded but important) .rela.plt.unloaded on VxWorks. */
2171 /* Shortcut to __tls_get_addr. */
2172 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tls_get_addr
;
2174 /* The bfd that forced an old-style PLT. */
2177 /* TLS local dynamic got entry handling. */
2179 bfd_signed_vma refcount
;
2183 /* Offset of branch table to PltResolve function in glink. */
2184 bfd_vma glink_pltresolve
;
2186 /* Size of reserved GOT entries. */
2187 unsigned int got_header_size
;
2188 /* Non-zero if allocating the header left a gap. */
2189 unsigned int got_gap
;
2191 /* The type of PLT we have chosen to use. */
2192 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
;
2194 /* True if the target system is VxWorks. */
2195 unsigned int is_vxworks
:1;
2197 /* Whether there exist local gnu indirect function resolvers,
2198 referenced by dynamic relocations. */
2199 unsigned int local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2200 unsigned int maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
:1;
2202 /* Set if tls optimization is enabled. */
2203 unsigned int do_tls_opt
:1;
2205 /* Set if inline plt calls should be converted to direct calls. */
2206 unsigned int can_convert_all_inline_plt
:1;
2208 /* The size of PLT entries. */
2210 /* The distance between adjacent PLT slots. */
2212 /* The size of the first PLT entry. */
2213 int plt_initial_entry_size
;
2215 /* Small local sym cache. */
2216 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
2219 /* Rename some of the generic section flags to better document how they
2220 are used for ppc32. The flags are only valid for ppc32 elf objects. */
2222 /* Nonzero if this section has TLS related relocations. */
2223 #define has_tls_reloc sec_flg0
2225 /* Nonzero if this section has a call to __tls_get_addr lacking marker
2227 #define nomark_tls_get_addr sec_flg1
2229 /* Flag set when PLTCALL relocs are detected. */
2230 #define has_pltcall sec_flg2
2232 /* Get the PPC ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
2234 #define ppc_elf_hash_table(p) \
2235 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
2236 == PPC32_ELF_DATA ? ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
2238 /* Create an entry in a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2240 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
2241 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
2242 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
,
2245 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
2249 entry
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
,
2250 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
));
2255 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
2256 entry
= _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc (entry
, table
, string
);
2259 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->linker_section_pointer
= NULL
;
2260 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2261 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->tls_mask
= 0;
2262 ppc_elf_hash_entry (entry
)->has_sda_refs
= 0;
2268 /* Create a PPC ELF linker hash table. */
2270 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
2271 ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
2273 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
2274 static struct ppc_elf_params default_params
2275 = { PLT_OLD
, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 12, 0, 0, 0 };
2277 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
));
2281 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->elf
, abfd
,
2282 ppc_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
2283 sizeof (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
),
2290 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.refcount
= 0;
2291 ret
->elf
.init_plt_refcount
.glist
= NULL
;
2292 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.offset
= 0;
2293 ret
->elf
.init_plt_offset
.glist
= NULL
;
2295 ret
->params
= &default_params
;
2297 ret
->sdata
[0].name
= ".sdata";
2298 ret
->sdata
[0].sym_name
= "_SDA_BASE_";
2299 ret
->sdata
[0].bss_name
= ".sbss";
2301 ret
->sdata
[1].name
= ".sdata2";
2302 ret
->sdata
[1].sym_name
= "_SDA2_BASE_";
2303 ret
->sdata
[1].bss_name
= ".sbss2";
2305 ret
->plt_entry_size
= 12;
2306 ret
->plt_slot_size
= 8;
2307 ret
->plt_initial_entry_size
= 72;
2309 return &ret
->elf
.root
;
2312 /* Hook linker params into hash table. */
2315 ppc_elf_link_params (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct ppc_elf_params
*params
)
2317 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2320 htab
->params
= params
;
2321 params
->pagesize_p2
= bfd_log2 (params
->pagesize
);
2324 /* Create .got and the related sections. */
2327 ppc_elf_create_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2329 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2331 if (!_bfd_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
2334 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2335 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
2337 /* The powerpc .got has a blrl instruction in it. Mark it
2339 flagword flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2340 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2341 if (!bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
2348 /* Create a special linker section, used for R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16 and
2349 R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16 pointers. These sections become part of .sdata
2350 and .sdata2. Create _SDA_BASE_ and _SDA2_BASE too. */
2353 ppc_elf_create_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2354 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2356 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2360 flags
|= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
2361 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2363 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, lsect
->name
, flags
);
2368 /* Define the sym on the first section of this name. */
2369 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, lsect
->name
);
2371 lsect
->sym
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (abfd
, info
, s
, lsect
->sym_name
);
2372 if (lsect
->sym
== NULL
)
2374 lsect
->sym
->root
.u
.def
.value
= 0x8000;
2379 ppc_elf_create_glink (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2381 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2386 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2387 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2388 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".glink", flags
);
2390 p2align
= htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 6 : 4;
2391 if (p2align
< htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
)
2392 p2align
= htab
->params
->plt_stub_align
;
2394 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, p2align
))
2397 if (!info
->no_ld_generated_unwind_info
)
2399 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2400 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2401 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".eh_frame", flags
);
2402 htab
->glink_eh_frame
= s
;
2404 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2408 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2409 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".iplt", flags
);
2412 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 4))
2415 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2416 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2417 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.iplt", flags
);
2418 htab
->elf
.irelplt
= s
;
2420 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2423 /* Local plt entries. */
2424 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
2425 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2426 htab
->pltlocal
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".branch_lt",
2428 if (htab
->pltlocal
== NULL
2429 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->pltlocal
, 2))
2432 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
2434 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
2435 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2437 = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.branch_lt", flags
);
2438 if (htab
->relpltlocal
== NULL
2439 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->relpltlocal
, 2))
2443 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, 0,
2447 if (!ppc_elf_create_linker_section (abfd
, info
, SEC_READONLY
,
2454 /* We have to create .dynsbss and .rela.sbss here so that they get mapped
2455 to output sections (just like _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections has
2456 to create .dynbss and .rela.bss). */
2459 ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
2461 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2465 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2467 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2468 && !ppc_elf_create_got (abfd
, info
))
2471 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
2474 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
2475 && !ppc_elf_create_glink (abfd
, info
))
2478 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".dynsbss",
2479 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2484 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
2486 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
2487 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
2488 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rela.sbss", flags
);
2491 || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
, 2))
2495 if (htab
->is_vxworks
2496 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
2500 flags
= SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2501 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
2502 /* The VxWorks PLT is a loaded section with contents. */
2503 flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_READONLY
;
2504 return bfd_set_section_flags (s
, flags
);
2507 /* Copy the extra info we tack onto an elf_link_hash_entry. */
2510 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2511 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
2512 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
2514 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*edir
, *eind
;
2516 edir
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
2517 eind
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
2519 edir
->tls_mask
|= eind
->tls_mask
;
2520 edir
->has_sda_refs
|= eind
->has_sda_refs
;
2522 if (edir
->elf
.versioned
!= versioned_hidden
)
2523 edir
->elf
.ref_dynamic
|= eind
->elf
.ref_dynamic
;
2524 edir
->elf
.ref_regular
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular
;
2525 edir
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
|= eind
->elf
.ref_regular_nonweak
;
2526 edir
->elf
.non_got_ref
|= eind
->elf
.non_got_ref
;
2527 edir
->elf
.needs_plt
|= eind
->elf
.needs_plt
;
2528 edir
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
|= eind
->elf
.pointer_equality_needed
;
2530 /* If we were called to copy over info for a weak sym, that's all. */
2531 if (eind
->elf
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2534 if (eind
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2536 if (edir
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
2538 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
2539 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
2541 /* Add reloc counts against the indirect sym to the direct sym
2542 list. Merge any entries against the same section. */
2543 for (pp
= &eind
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
2545 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*q
;
2547 for (q
= edir
->dyn_relocs
; q
!= NULL
; q
= q
->next
)
2548 if (q
->sec
== p
->sec
)
2550 q
->pc_count
+= p
->pc_count
;
2551 q
->count
+= p
->count
;
2558 *pp
= edir
->dyn_relocs
;
2561 edir
->dyn_relocs
= eind
->dyn_relocs
;
2562 eind
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
2565 /* Copy over the GOT refcount entries that we may have already seen to
2566 the symbol which just became indirect. */
2567 edir
->elf
.got
.refcount
+= eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
;
2568 eind
->elf
.got
.refcount
= 0;
2570 /* And plt entries. */
2571 if (eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2573 if (edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
)
2575 struct plt_entry
**entp
;
2576 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2578 for (entp
= &eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
; (ent
= *entp
) != NULL
; )
2580 struct plt_entry
*dent
;
2582 for (dent
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
; dent
!= NULL
; dent
= dent
->next
)
2583 if (dent
->sec
== ent
->sec
&& dent
->addend
== ent
->addend
)
2585 dent
->plt
.refcount
+= ent
->plt
.refcount
;
2592 *entp
= edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2595 edir
->elf
.plt
.plist
= eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
;
2596 eind
->elf
.plt
.plist
= NULL
;
2599 if (eind
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2601 if (edir
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1)
2602 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
2603 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
);
2604 edir
->elf
.dynindx
= eind
->elf
.dynindx
;
2605 edir
->elf
.dynstr_index
= eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
;
2606 eind
->elf
.dynindx
= -1;
2607 eind
->elf
.dynstr_index
= 0;
2611 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
2612 file. We use it to put .comm items in .sbss, and not .bss. */
2615 ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
2616 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2617 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
2618 const char **namep ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2619 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2623 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
2624 && !bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
2625 && is_ppc_elf (info
->output_bfd
)
2626 && sym
->st_size
<= elf_gp_size (abfd
))
2628 /* Common symbols less than or equal to -G nn bytes are automatically
2630 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2632 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2633 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2635 flagword flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
;
2637 if (!htab
->elf
.dynobj
)
2638 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2640 htab
->sbss
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (htab
->elf
.dynobj
,
2643 if (htab
->sbss
== NULL
)
2648 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
2654 /* Find a linker generated pointer with a given addend and type. */
2656 static elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*
2657 elf_find_pointer_linker_section
2658 (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_pointers
,
2660 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
2662 for ( ; linker_pointers
!= NULL
; linker_pointers
= linker_pointers
->next
)
2663 if (lsect
== linker_pointers
->lsect
&& addend
== linker_pointers
->addend
)
2664 return linker_pointers
;
2669 /* Allocate a pointer to live in a linker created section. */
2672 elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*abfd
,
2673 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
2674 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
2675 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
2677 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr_linker_section_ptr
= NULL
;
2678 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
2679 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2682 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
2684 /* Is this a global symbol? */
2687 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
2689 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2690 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
2691 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (eh
->linker_section_pointer
,
2696 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
2700 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2702 /* Allocation of a pointer to a local symbol. */
2703 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
**ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
);
2705 /* Allocate a table to hold the local symbols if first time. */
2708 unsigned int num_symbols
= elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
).sh_info
;
2711 amt
*= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*);
2712 ptr
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
2717 elf_local_ptr_offsets (abfd
) = ptr
;
2720 /* Has this symbol already been allocated? If so, our work is done. */
2721 if (elf_find_pointer_linker_section (ptr
[r_symndx
],
2726 ptr_linker_section_ptr
= &ptr
[r_symndx
];
2729 /* Allocate space for a pointer in the linker section, and allocate
2730 a new pointer record from internal memory. */
2731 BFD_ASSERT (ptr_linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
2732 amt
= sizeof (elf_linker_section_pointers_t
);
2733 linker_section_ptr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2735 if (!linker_section_ptr
)
2738 linker_section_ptr
->next
= *ptr_linker_section_ptr
;
2739 linker_section_ptr
->addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2740 linker_section_ptr
->lsect
= lsect
;
2741 *ptr_linker_section_ptr
= linker_section_ptr
;
2743 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (lsect
->section
, 2))
2745 linker_section_ptr
->offset
= lsect
->section
->size
;
2746 lsect
->section
->size
+= 4;
2750 "Create pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld, section size = %ld\n",
2751 lsect
->name
, (long) linker_section_ptr
->offset
,
2752 (long) lsect
->section
->size
);
2758 static struct plt_entry
**
2759 update_local_sym_info (bfd
*abfd
,
2760 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
,
2761 unsigned long r_symndx
,
2764 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
2765 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
2766 unsigned char *local_got_tls_masks
;
2768 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2770 bfd_size_type size
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
2772 size
*= (sizeof (*local_got_refcounts
)
2773 + sizeof (*local_plt
)
2774 + sizeof (*local_got_tls_masks
));
2775 local_got_refcounts
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, size
);
2776 if (local_got_refcounts
== NULL
)
2778 elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
) = local_got_refcounts
;
2781 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_refcounts
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2782 local_got_tls_masks
= (unsigned char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
2783 local_got_tls_masks
[r_symndx
] |= tls_type
& 0xff;
2784 if ((tls_type
& NON_GOT
) == 0)
2785 local_got_refcounts
[r_symndx
] += 1;
2786 return local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
2790 update_plt_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct plt_entry
**plist
,
2791 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2793 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2797 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2798 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2802 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*ent
);
2803 ent
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
2808 ent
->addend
= addend
;
2809 ent
->plt
.refcount
= 0;
2812 ent
->plt
.refcount
+= 1;
2816 static struct plt_entry
*
2817 find_plt_ent (struct plt_entry
**plist
, asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addend
)
2819 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
2823 for (ent
= *plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
2824 if (ent
->sec
== sec
&& ent
->addend
== addend
)
2830 is_branch_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2832 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2833 || r_type
== R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
2834 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL24
2835 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
2836 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
2837 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
2838 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR24
2839 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14
2840 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
2841 || r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
2842 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_REL24
);
2845 /* Relocs on inline plt call sequence insns prior to the call. */
2848 is_plt_seq_reloc (enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2850 return (r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
2851 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2852 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2853 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTSEQ
);
2857 bad_shared_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
)
2860 /* xgettext:c-format */
2861 (_("%pB: relocation %s cannot be used when making a shared object"),
2863 ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
]->name
);
2864 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
2867 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
2868 allocate space in the global offset table or procedure linkage
2872 ppc_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
,
2873 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
2875 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
2877 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
2878 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
2879 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
2880 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
2881 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
2882 asection
*got2
, *sreloc
;
2883 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*tga
;
2885 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
2888 /* Don't do anything special with non-loaded, non-alloced sections.
2889 In particular, any relocs in such sections should not affect GOT
2890 and PLT reference counting (ie. we don't allow them to create GOT
2891 or PLT entries), there's no possibility or desire to optimize TLS
2892 relocs, and there's not much point in propagating relocs to shared
2893 libs that the dynamic linker won't relocate. */
2894 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
2898 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_check_relocs called for section %pA in %pB",
2902 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (abfd
));
2904 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
2905 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
2906 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
2908 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
2909 if (htab
->glink
== NULL
)
2911 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2912 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2913 if (!ppc_elf_create_glink (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2916 tga
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
2917 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
2918 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
2919 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
2920 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
2923 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
2924 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; rel
++)
2926 unsigned long r_symndx
;
2927 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
2928 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
2930 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
;
2931 struct plt_entry
**pltent
;
2934 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
2935 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
2939 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
2940 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
2941 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
2942 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
2945 /* If a relocation refers to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, create the .got.
2946 This shows up in particular in an R_PPC_ADDR32 in the eabi
2949 && htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
2950 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
2952 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
2953 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
2954 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
2956 BFD_ASSERT (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
);
2960 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
2962 if (h
== NULL
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
2964 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
2969 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
2971 /* Set PLT_IFUNC flag for this sym, no GOT entry yet. */
2972 ifunc
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
2973 NON_GOT
| PLT_IFUNC
);
2977 /* STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols must have a PLT entry;
2978 In a non-pie executable even when there are
2980 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
2981 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
2982 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2983 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2984 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
)
2987 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
2988 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
2989 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
2990 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
2991 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
2992 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
2993 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
2994 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
2995 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, ifunc
, got2
, addend
))
3001 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
3002 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
3007 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSGD
3008 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_TLSLD
))
3009 /* We have a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a marker
3013 /* Mark this section as having an old-style call. */
3014 sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
= 1;
3021 /* These special tls relocs tie a call to __tls_get_addr with
3022 its parameter symbol. */
3024 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
;
3026 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3027 NON_GOT
| TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
3034 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
3035 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
3036 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
3037 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
3038 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
3041 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
3042 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
3043 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
3044 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
3045 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
3048 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
3049 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
3050 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
3051 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
3052 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3053 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3054 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
3057 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
3058 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
3059 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
3060 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
3061 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
3063 sec
->has_tls_reloc
= 1;
3066 /* GOT16 relocations */
3068 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
3069 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
3070 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
3071 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry. */
3072 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
3074 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3075 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3076 if (!ppc_elf_create_got (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, info
))
3081 h
->got
.refcount
+= 1;
3082 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= tls_type
;
3085 /* This is a global offset table entry for a local symbol. */
3086 if (!update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
, tls_type
))
3089 /* We may also need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3091 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3093 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3098 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
3099 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
3100 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3101 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
3106 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3107 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3111 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
3112 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
3113 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3115 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3118 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3119 if (!elf_allocate_pointer_linker_section (abfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
3124 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3125 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3129 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
3130 htab
->sdata
[0].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3133 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
3134 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
3135 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
3136 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
3137 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
3138 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
3141 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3142 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3146 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
3147 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
3148 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
3149 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
3150 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
3151 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
3152 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
3153 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
3154 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
3155 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
3158 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
3159 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
3161 bad_shared_reloc (abfd
, r_type
);
3164 htab
->sdata
[1].sym
->ref_regular
= 1;
3167 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3168 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3172 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
3173 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
3174 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
3175 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
3178 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
= TRUE
;
3179 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3183 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
3184 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
3185 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
3186 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
3187 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
3189 h
->non_got_ref
= TRUE
;
3192 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
3195 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->makes_plt_call
= 1;
3199 sec
->has_pltcall
= 1;
3203 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
3204 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
3205 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
3206 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
3209 fprintf (stderr
, "Reloc requires a PLT entry\n");
3211 /* This symbol requires a procedure linkage table entry. */
3214 pltent
= update_local_sym_info (abfd
, symtab_hdr
, r_symndx
,
3215 NON_GOT
| PLT_KEEP
);
3221 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
3222 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
|= PLT_KEEP
;
3224 pltent
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
3227 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3228 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
3229 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
3230 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
3231 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
3232 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
3233 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, pltent
, got2
, addend
))
3237 /* The following relocations don't need to propagate the
3238 relocation if linking a shared object since they are
3239 section relative. */
3241 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
3242 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
3243 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
3244 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
3245 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
3246 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
3247 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
3252 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
3253 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
3254 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
3255 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
3256 ppc_elf_tdata (abfd
)->has_rel16
= 1;
3259 /* These are just markers. */
3261 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
3265 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
3266 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
3270 /* These should only appear in dynamic objects. */
3272 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
3273 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
3274 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
3275 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
3278 /* These aren't handled yet. We'll report an error later. */
3280 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
3281 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
3282 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
3283 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
3284 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
3287 /* This refers only to functions defined in the shared library. */
3288 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
3289 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
&& htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3291 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3292 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3294 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3297 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3302 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
3303 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
3304 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
3305 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
3309 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
3310 used. Record for later use during GC. */
3311 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
3312 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_addend
))
3316 /* We shouldn't really be seeing TPREL32. */
3319 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
3320 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
3321 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
3322 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
3323 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
3327 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
3328 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
3334 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0
3335 && bfd_link_pic (info
)
3336 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3338 /* Old -fPIC gcc code has .long LCTOC1-LCFx just before
3339 the start of a function, which assembles to a REL32
3340 reference to .got2. If we detect one of these, then
3341 force the old PLT layout because the linker cannot
3342 reliably deduce the GOT pointer value needed for
3345 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3347 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3352 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3355 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3356 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3359 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3365 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
3366 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
3367 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
3370 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3372 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3373 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3374 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3377 /* We may need a copy reloc too. */
3379 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
3380 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
3381 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
= 1;
3382 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
3383 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
= 1;
3389 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
3390 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
3393 if (h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
3395 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3397 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3398 htab
->old_bfd
= abfd
;
3406 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
3407 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
3408 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
3410 /* We may need a plt entry if the symbol turns out to be
3411 a function defined in a dynamic object. */
3413 if (!update_plt_info (abfd
, &h
->plt
.plist
, NULL
, 0))
3419 /* If we are creating a shared library, and this is a reloc
3420 against a global symbol, or a non PC relative reloc
3421 against a local symbol, then we need to copy the reloc
3422 into the shared library. However, if we are linking with
3423 -Bsymbolic, we do not need to copy a reloc against a
3424 global symbol which is defined in an object we are
3425 including in the link (i.e., DEF_REGULAR is set). At
3426 this point we have not seen all the input files, so it is
3427 possible that DEF_REGULAR is not set now but will be set
3428 later (it is never cleared). In case of a weak definition,
3429 DEF_REGULAR may be cleared later by a strong definition in
3430 a shared library. We account for that possibility below by
3431 storing information in the dyn_relocs field of the hash
3432 table entry. A similar situation occurs when creating
3433 shared libraries and symbol visibility changes render the
3436 If on the other hand, we are creating an executable, we
3437 may need to keep relocations for symbols satisfied by a
3438 dynamic library if we manage to avoid copy relocs for the
3440 if ((bfd_link_pic (info
)
3441 && (must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)
3443 && (!SYMBOLIC_BIND (info
, h
)
3444 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3445 || !h
->def_regular
))))
3446 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
3447 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
3449 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
3450 || !h
->def_regular
)))
3454 "ppc_elf_check_relocs needs to "
3455 "create relocation for %s\n",
3456 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
3457 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
3461 if (htab
->elf
.dynobj
== NULL
)
3462 htab
->elf
.dynobj
= abfd
;
3464 sreloc
= _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_reloc_section
3465 (sec
, htab
->elf
.dynobj
, 2, abfd
, /*rela?*/ TRUE
);
3471 /* If this is a global symbol, we count the number of
3472 relocations we need for this symbol. */
3475 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3476 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3478 rel_head
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
;
3480 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
)
3482 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3485 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3492 if (!must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
))
3497 /* Track dynamic relocs needed for local syms too.
3498 We really need local syms available to do this
3500 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
3501 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**rel_head
;
3502 bfd_boolean is_ifunc
;
3505 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
3507 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
,
3512 s
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
3516 vpp
= &elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
;
3517 rel_head
= (struct ppc_dyn_relocs
**) vpp
;
3518 is_ifunc
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
3520 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
->sec
== sec
&& p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3522 if (p
== NULL
|| p
->sec
!= sec
|| p
->ifunc
!= is_ifunc
)
3524 p
= bfd_alloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof *p
);
3527 p
->next
= *rel_head
;
3530 p
->ifunc
= is_ifunc
;
3544 /* Warn for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP attributes between IBFD
3545 and OBFD, and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3547 _bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3549 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3550 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3551 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3552 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
3554 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3555 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3557 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3558 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_FP
];
3560 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3562 int in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3563 int out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3564 static bfd
*last_fp
, *last_ld
;
3568 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3570 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3571 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3574 else if (out_fp
!= 2 && in_fp
== 2)
3577 /* xgettext:c-format */
3578 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3582 else if (out_fp
== 2 && in_fp
!= 2)
3585 /* xgettext:c-format */
3586 (_("%pB uses hard float, %pB uses soft float"),
3590 else if (out_fp
== 1 && in_fp
== 3)
3593 /* xgettext:c-format */
3594 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3595 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), last_fp
, ibfd
);
3598 else if (out_fp
== 3 && in_fp
== 1)
3601 /* xgettext:c-format */
3602 (_("%pB uses double-precision hard float, "
3603 "%pB uses single-precision hard float"), ibfd
, last_fp
);
3607 in_fp
= in_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3608 out_fp
= out_attr
->i
& 0xc;
3611 else if (out_fp
== 0)
3613 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3614 out_attr
->i
^= in_fp
;
3617 else if (out_fp
!= 2 * 4 && in_fp
== 2 * 4)
3620 /* xgettext:c-format */
3621 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3622 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3625 else if (in_fp
!= 2 * 4 && out_fp
== 2 * 4)
3628 /* xgettext:c-format */
3629 (_("%pB uses 64-bit long double, "
3630 "%pB uses 128-bit long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3633 else if (out_fp
== 1 * 4 && in_fp
== 3 * 4)
3636 /* xgettext:c-format */
3637 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3638 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), last_ld
, ibfd
);
3641 else if (out_fp
== 3 * 4 && in_fp
== 1 * 4)
3644 /* xgettext:c-format */
3645 (_("%pB uses IBM long double, "
3646 "%pB uses IEEE long double"), ibfd
, last_ld
);
3653 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3654 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3659 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Warn if
3660 there are conflicting attributes. */
3662 ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3665 obj_attribute
*in_attr
, *in_attrs
;
3666 obj_attribute
*out_attr
, *out_attrs
;
3669 if (!_bfd_elf_ppc_merge_fp_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3672 obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3673 in_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3674 out_attrs
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
3676 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector attributes and
3677 merge non-conflicting ones. */
3678 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3679 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Vector
];
3681 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3683 int in_vec
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3684 int out_vec
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3685 static bfd
*last_vec
;
3689 else if (out_vec
== 0)
3691 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3692 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3695 /* For now, allow generic to transition to AltiVec or SPE
3696 without a warning. If GCC marked files with their stack
3697 alignment and used don't-care markings for files which are
3698 not affected by the vector ABI, we could warn about this
3700 else if (in_vec
== 1)
3702 else if (out_vec
== 1)
3704 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3705 out_attr
->i
= in_vec
;
3708 else if (out_vec
< in_vec
)
3711 /* xgettext:c-format */
3712 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3714 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3717 else if (out_vec
> in_vec
)
3720 /* xgettext:c-format */
3721 (_("%pB uses AltiVec vector ABI, %pB uses SPE vector ABI"),
3723 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3728 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return attributes
3729 and merge non-conflicting ones. */
3730 in_attr
= &in_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3731 out_attr
= &out_attrs
[Tag_GNU_Power_ABI_Struct_Return
];
3732 if (in_attr
->i
!= out_attr
->i
)
3734 int in_struct
= in_attr
->i
& 3;
3735 int out_struct
= out_attr
->i
& 3;
3736 static bfd
*last_struct
;
3738 if (in_struct
== 0 || in_struct
== 3)
3740 else if (out_struct
== 0)
3742 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
3743 out_attr
->i
= in_struct
;
3746 else if (out_struct
< in_struct
)
3749 /* xgettext:c-format */
3750 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3751 "%pB uses memory"), last_struct
, ibfd
);
3752 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3755 else if (out_struct
> in_struct
)
3758 /* xgettext:c-format */
3759 (_("%pB uses r3/r4 for small structure returns, "
3760 "%pB uses memory"), ibfd
, last_struct
);
3761 out_attr
->type
= ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
| ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_ERROR
;
3767 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3771 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
3772 return _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, info
);
3775 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
3776 object file when linking. */
3779 ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3781 bfd
*obfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
3786 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
) || !is_ppc_elf (obfd
))
3789 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
3790 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, info
))
3793 if (!ppc_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, info
))
3796 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
3797 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
3798 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd
))
3800 /* First call, no flags set. */
3801 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
3802 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= new_flags
;
3805 /* Compatible flags are ok. */
3806 else if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
3809 /* Incompatible flags. */
3812 /* Warn about -mrelocatable mismatch. Allow -mrelocatable-lib
3813 to be linked with either. */
3815 if ((new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0
3816 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0)
3820 (_("%pB: compiled with -mrelocatable and linked with "
3821 "modules compiled normally"), ibfd
);
3823 else if ((new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)) == 0
3824 && (old_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
) != 0)
3828 (_("%pB: compiled normally and linked with "
3829 "modules compiled with -mrelocatable"), ibfd
);
3832 /* The output is -mrelocatable-lib iff both the input files are. */
3833 if (! (new_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
))
3834 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
;
3836 /* The output is -mrelocatable iff it can't be -mrelocatable-lib,
3837 but each input file is either -mrelocatable or -mrelocatable-lib. */
3838 if (! (elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
& EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
)
3839 && (new_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
))
3840 && (old_flags
& (EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
)))
3841 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
;
3843 /* Do not warn about eabi vs. V.4 mismatch, just or in the bit if
3844 any module uses it. */
3845 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= (new_flags
& EF_PPC_EMB
);
3847 new_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3848 old_flags
&= ~(EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE
| EF_PPC_RELOCATABLE_LIB
| EF_PPC_EMB
);
3850 /* Warn about any other mismatches. */
3851 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
3855 /* xgettext:c-format */
3856 (_("%pB: uses different e_flags (%#x) fields "
3857 "than previous modules (%#x)"),
3858 ibfd
, new_flags
, old_flags
);
3863 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3872 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (bfd
*input_bfd
,
3873 asection
*input_section
,
3874 unsigned long offset
,
3877 split16_format_type split16_format
,
3880 unsigned int insn
, opcode
;
3882 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, loc
);
3883 opcode
= insn
& E_OPCODE_MASK
;
3884 if (opcode
== E_OR2I_INSN
3885 || opcode
== E_AND2I_DOT_INSN
3886 || opcode
== E_OR2IS_INSN
3887 || opcode
== E_LIS_INSN
3888 || opcode
== E_AND2IS_DOT_INSN
)
3890 if (split16_format
!= split16a_type
)
3893 split16_format
= split16a_type
;
3896 /* xgettext:c-format */
3897 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16A style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3898 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3901 else if (opcode
== E_ADD2I_DOT_INSN
3902 || opcode
== E_ADD2IS_INSN
3903 || opcode
== E_CMP16I_INSN
3904 || opcode
== E_MULL2I_INSN
3905 || opcode
== E_CMPL16I_INSN
3906 || opcode
== E_CMPH16I_INSN
3907 || opcode
== E_CMPHL16I_INSN
)
3909 if (split16_format
!= split16d_type
)
3912 split16_format
= split16d_type
;
3915 /* xgettext:c-format */
3916 (_("%pB(%pA+0x%lx): expected 16D style relocation on 0x%08x insn"),
3917 input_bfd
, input_section
, offset
, opcode
);
3920 if (split16_format
== split16a_type
)
3922 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 5) | 0x7ff);
3923 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3924 if ((insn
& E_LI_MASK
) == E_LI_INSN
)
3926 /* Hack for e_li. Extend sign. */
3927 insn
&= ~(0xf0000 >> 5);
3928 insn
|= (-(value
& 0x8000) & 0xf0000) >> 5;
3933 insn
&= ~((0xf800 << 10) | 0x7ff);
3934 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 10;
3936 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3937 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3941 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (bfd
*output_bfd
, bfd_byte
*loc
, bfd_vma value
)
3945 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
3946 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
3947 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
3948 insn
|= (value
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
3949 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
3950 insn
|= (value
& 0xf800) << 5;
3951 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
3952 insn
|= value
& 0x7ff;
3953 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, insn
, loc
);
3957 /* Choose which PLT scheme to use, and set .plt flags appropriately.
3958 Returns -1 on error, 0 for old PLT, 1 for new PLT. */
3960 ppc_elf_select_plt_layout (bfd
*output_bfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
3961 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3963 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3966 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
3968 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
3970 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
3972 if (htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_OLD
)
3973 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3974 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
3975 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
3976 && (h
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "_mcount",
3977 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
)) != NULL
3978 && (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
3981 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
3982 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
3984 /* Profiling of shared libs (and pies) is not supported with
3985 secure plt, because ppc32 does profiling before a
3986 function prologue and a secure plt pic call stubs needs
3987 r30 to be set up. */
3988 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_OLD
;
3993 enum ppc_elf_plt_type plt_type
= htab
->params
->plt_style
;
3995 /* Look through the reloc flags left by ppc_elf_check_relocs.
3996 Use the old style bss plt if a file makes plt calls
3997 without using the new relocs, and if ld isn't given
3998 --secure-plt and we never see REL16 relocs. */
3999 if (plt_type
== PLT_UNSET
)
4001 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4002 if (is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4004 if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->has_rel16
)
4006 else if (ppc_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->makes_plt_call
)
4009 htab
->old_bfd
= ibfd
;
4013 htab
->plt_type
= plt_type
;
4016 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
&& htab
->params
->plt_style
== PLT_NEW
)
4018 if (htab
->old_bfd
!= NULL
)
4019 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced due to %pB"), htab
->old_bfd
);
4021 _bfd_error_handler (_("bss-plt forced by profiling"));
4024 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
);
4026 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
4028 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
4029 | SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
4031 /* The new PLT is a loaded section. */
4032 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4033 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
, flags
))
4036 /* The new GOT is not executable. */
4037 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
4038 && !bfd_set_section_flags (htab
->elf
.sgot
, flags
))
4043 /* Stop an unused .glink section from affecting .text alignment. */
4044 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
4045 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (htab
->glink
, 0))
4048 return htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
;
4051 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
4055 ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
4056 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4057 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4058 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4059 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
4062 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
4064 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
4065 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
4069 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
4073 get_sym_h (struct elf_link_hash_entry
**hp
,
4074 Elf_Internal_Sym
**symp
,
4076 unsigned char **tls_maskp
,
4077 Elf_Internal_Sym
**locsymsp
,
4078 unsigned long r_symndx
,
4081 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4083 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4085 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4086 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4088 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4089 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4090 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4091 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4099 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4101 asection
*symsec
= NULL
;
4102 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4103 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4104 symsec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4108 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4109 *tls_maskp
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4113 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4114 Elf_Internal_Sym
*locsyms
= *locsymsp
;
4116 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4118 locsyms
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
4119 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4120 locsyms
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (ibfd
, symtab_hdr
,
4121 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
,
4122 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
4123 if (locsyms
== NULL
)
4125 *locsymsp
= locsyms
;
4127 sym
= locsyms
+ r_symndx
;
4135 if (symsecp
!= NULL
)
4136 *symsecp
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ibfd
, sym
->st_shndx
);
4138 if (tls_maskp
!= NULL
)
4140 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
4141 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4144 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4145 if (local_got
!= NULL
)
4147 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4148 (local_got
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4149 unsigned char *lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4150 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4151 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4153 *tls_maskp
= tls_mask
;
4159 /* Analyze inline PLT call relocations to see whether calls to locally
4160 defined functions can be converted to direct calls. */
4163 ppc_elf_inline_plt (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4165 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4168 bfd_vma low_vma
, high_vma
, limit
;
4170 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4174 /* A bl insn can reach -0x2000000 to 0x1fffffc. The limit is
4175 reduced somewhat to cater for possible stubs that might be added
4176 between the call and its destination. */
4180 for (sec
= info
->output_bfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4181 if ((sec
->flags
& (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
)) == (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_CODE
))
4183 if (low_vma
> sec
->vma
)
4185 if (high_vma
< sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
)
4186 high_vma
= sec
->vma
+ sec
->size
;
4189 /* If a "bl" can reach anywhere in local code sections, then we can
4190 convert all inline PLT sequences to direct calls when the symbol
4192 if (high_vma
- low_vma
< limit
)
4194 htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
= 1;
4198 /* Otherwise, go looking through relocs for cases where a direct
4199 call won't reach. Mark the symbol on any such reloc to disable
4200 the optimization and keep the PLT entry as it seems likely that
4201 this will be better than creating trampolines. Note that this
4202 will disable the optimization for all inline PLT calls to a
4203 particular symbol, not just those that won't reach. The
4204 difficulty in doing a more precise optimization is that the
4205 linker needs to make a decision depending on whether a
4206 particular R_PPC_PLTCALL insn can be turned into a direct
4207 call, for each of the R_PPC_PLTSEQ and R_PPC_PLT16* insns in
4208 the sequence, and there is nothing that ties those relocs
4209 together except their symbol. */
4211 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4213 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4214 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
;
4216 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
4220 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4222 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4223 if (sec
->has_pltcall
4224 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4226 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4228 /* Read the relocations. */
4229 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4231 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4234 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4235 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; )
4237 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4238 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4240 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4241 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
4242 unsigned char *tls_maskp
;
4244 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4245 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTCALL
)
4248 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4249 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, &tls_maskp
, &local_syms
,
4252 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4254 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4255 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4260 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4264 to
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4267 to
+= (rel
->r_addend
4268 + sym_sec
->output_offset
4269 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4270 from
= (rel
->r_offset
4271 + sec
->output_offset
4272 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
4273 if (to
- from
+ limit
< 2 * limit
)
4274 *tls_maskp
&= ~PLT_KEEP
;
4277 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4281 if (local_syms
!= NULL
4282 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
4284 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
4287 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
4294 /* Set plt output section type, htab->tls_get_addr, and call the
4295 generic ELF tls_setup function. */
4298 ppc_elf_tls_setup (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4300 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4302 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4303 htab
->tls_get_addr
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr",
4304 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4305 if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
4306 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4308 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
4310 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*opt
, *tga
;
4311 opt
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__tls_get_addr_opt",
4312 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
4314 && (opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4315 || opt
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
4317 /* If glibc supports an optimized __tls_get_addr call stub,
4318 signalled by the presence of __tls_get_addr_opt, and we'll
4319 be calling __tls_get_addr via a plt call stub, then
4320 make __tls_get_addr point to __tls_get_addr_opt. */
4321 tga
= htab
->tls_get_addr
;
4322 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
4324 && (tga
->type
== STT_FUNC
4326 && !(SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, tga
)
4327 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, tga
)))
4329 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4330 for (ent
= tga
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4331 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4335 tga
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_indirect
;
4336 tga
->root
.u
.i
.link
= &opt
->root
;
4337 ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (info
, opt
, tga
);
4339 if (opt
->dynindx
!= -1)
4341 /* Use __tls_get_addr_opt in dynamic relocations. */
4343 _bfd_elf_strtab_delref (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
,
4345 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, opt
))
4348 htab
->tls_get_addr
= opt
;
4353 htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
= TRUE
;
4355 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
4356 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
4357 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= NULL
)
4359 elf_section_type (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHT_PROGBITS
;
4360 elf_section_flags (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
) = SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
;
4363 return _bfd_elf_tls_setup (obfd
, info
);
4366 /* Return TRUE iff REL is a branch reloc with a global symbol matching
4370 branch_reloc_hash_match (const bfd
*ibfd
,
4371 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
4372 const struct elf_link_hash_entry
*hash
)
4374 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4375 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4376 unsigned int r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4378 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
&& is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4380 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4381 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4383 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4384 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4385 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4386 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4393 /* Run through all the TLS relocs looking for optimization
4397 ppc_elf_tls_optimize (bfd
*obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
4398 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4402 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4405 if (!bfd_link_executable (info
))
4408 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4412 /* Make two passes through the relocs. First time check that tls
4413 relocs involved in setting up a tls_get_addr call are indeed
4414 followed by such a call. If they are not, don't do any tls
4415 optimization. On the second pass twiddle tls_mask flags to
4416 notify relocate_section that optimization can be done, and
4417 adjust got and plt refcounts. */
4418 for (pass
= 0; pass
< 2; ++pass
)
4419 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4421 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
4422 asection
*got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (ibfd
, ".got2");
4424 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
4425 if (sec
->has_tls_reloc
&& !bfd_is_abs_section (sec
->output_section
))
4427 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relstart
, *rel
, *relend
;
4428 int expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4430 /* Read the relocations. */
4431 relstart
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (ibfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
4433 if (relstart
== NULL
)
4436 relend
= relstart
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
4437 for (rel
= relstart
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
4439 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
4440 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4441 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
4442 unsigned char *tls_mask
;
4443 unsigned char tls_set
, tls_clear
;
4444 bfd_boolean is_local
;
4445 bfd_signed_vma
*got_count
;
4447 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
4448 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4450 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4452 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4453 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4454 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4455 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4456 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4459 is_local
= SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
);
4460 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
4461 /* If this section has old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4462 without marker relocs, then check that each
4463 __tls_get_addr call reloc is preceded by a reloc
4464 that conceivably belongs to the __tls_get_addr arg
4465 setup insn. If we don't find matching arg setup
4466 relocs, don't do any tls optimization. */
4468 && sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4470 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
4471 && !expecting_tls_get_addr
4472 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
))
4474 info
->callbacks
->minfo ("%H __tls_get_addr lost arg, "
4475 "TLS optimization disabled\n",
4476 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4477 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4482 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 0;
4485 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
4486 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
4487 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4490 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
4491 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
4492 /* These relocs should never be against a symbol
4493 defined in a shared lib. Leave them alone if
4494 that turns out to be the case. */
4503 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
4504 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
4505 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 1;
4508 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
4509 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
4515 tls_set
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GDIE
;
4519 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
4520 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
4521 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
4522 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
4527 tls_clear
= TLS_TPREL
;
4538 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4539 && is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
4542 && ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) != R_PPC_PLTSEQ
)
4544 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
);
4545 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
[1].r_info
);
4546 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
4548 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
4550 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (ibfd
);
4551 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
4552 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4553 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4554 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
4557 struct plt_entry
*ent
= NULL
;
4560 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4561 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
4562 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
,
4565 && ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4566 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4572 expecting_tls_get_addr
= 2;
4583 if (!expecting_tls_get_addr
4584 || !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4587 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
4588 && branch_reloc_hash_match (ibfd
, rel
+ 1,
4589 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
4592 /* Uh oh, we didn't find the expected call. We
4593 could just mark this symbol to exclude it
4594 from tls optimization but it's safer to skip
4595 the entire optimization. */
4596 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%H arg lost __tls_get_addr, "
4597 "TLS optimization disabled\n"),
4598 ibfd
, sec
, rel
->r_offset
);
4599 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4606 tls_mask
= &ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
;
4607 got_count
= &h
->got
.refcount
;
4611 bfd_signed_vma
*lgot_refs
;
4612 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
4613 unsigned char *lgot_masks
;
4615 lgot_refs
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
4616 if (lgot_refs
== NULL
)
4618 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
4619 (lgot_refs
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4620 lgot_masks
= (unsigned char *)
4621 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
4622 tls_mask
= &lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
4623 got_count
= &lgot_refs
[r_symndx
];
4626 /* If we don't have old-style __tls_get_addr calls
4627 without TLSGD/TLSLD marker relocs, and we haven't
4628 found a new-style __tls_get_addr call with a
4629 marker for this symbol, then we either have a
4630 broken object file or an -mlongcall style
4631 indirect call to __tls_get_addr without a marker.
4632 Disable optimization in this case. */
4633 if ((tls_clear
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_LD
)) != 0
4634 && !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
4635 && ((*tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
))
4636 != (TLS_TLS
| TLS_MARK
)))
4639 if (expecting_tls_get_addr
== 1 + !sec
->nomark_tls_get_addr
)
4641 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4644 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
4645 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTREL24
4646 || ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
) == R_PPC_PLTCALL
))
4647 addend
= rel
[1].r_addend
;
4648 ent
= find_plt_ent (&htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
,
4650 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4651 ent
->plt
.refcount
-= 1;
4658 /* We managed to get rid of a got entry. */
4663 *tls_mask
|= tls_set
;
4664 *tls_mask
&= ~tls_clear
;
4667 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= relstart
)
4671 htab
->do_tls_opt
= 1;
4675 /* Find dynamic relocs for H that apply to read-only sections. */
4678 readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4680 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4682 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4684 asection
*s
= p
->sec
->output_section
;
4686 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4692 /* Return true if we have dynamic relocs against H or any of its weak
4693 aliases, that apply to read-only sections. Cannot be used after
4694 size_dynamic_sections. */
4697 alias_readonly_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4699 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
);
4702 if (readonly_dynrelocs (&eh
->elf
))
4704 eh
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (eh
->elf
.u
.alias
);
4705 } while (eh
!= NULL
&& &eh
->elf
!= h
);
4710 /* Return whether H has pc-relative dynamic relocs. */
4713 pc_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4715 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
4717 for (p
= ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
4718 if (p
->pc_count
!= 0)
4723 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
4724 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
4725 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
4726 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
4730 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4731 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4733 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4737 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol called for %s\n",
4738 h
->root
.root
.string
);
4741 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
4742 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4743 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
4745 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4749 && !h
->def_regular
)));
4751 /* Deal with function syms. */
4752 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
4753 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
4756 bfd_boolean local
= (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
4757 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
));
4758 /* Discard dyn_relocs when non-pic if we've decided that a
4759 function symbol is local. */
4760 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
) && local
)
4761 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4763 /* Clear procedure linkage table information for any symbol that
4764 won't need a .plt entry. */
4765 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
4766 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
4767 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
4770 || (h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
4772 && (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
4773 || (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
4774 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)))
4776 /* A PLT entry is not required/allowed when:
4778 1. We are not using ld.so; because then the PLT entry
4779 can't be set up, so we can't use one. In this case,
4780 ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol won't even be called.
4782 2. GC has rendered the entry unused.
4784 3. We know for certain that a call to this symbol
4785 will go to this object, or will remain undefined. */
4786 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4788 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4792 /* Taking a function's address in a read/write section
4793 doesn't require us to define the function symbol in the
4794 executable on a plt call stub. A dynamic reloc can
4795 be used instead, giving better runtime performance.
4796 (Calls via that function pointer don't need to bounce
4797 through the plt call stub.) Similarly, use a dynamic
4798 reloc for a weak reference when possible, allowing the
4799 resolution of the symbol to be set at load time rather
4801 if ((h
->pointer_equality_needed
4803 && !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
4804 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
)))
4805 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4806 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4807 && !readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4809 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 0;
4810 /* If we haven't seen a branch reloc and the symbol
4811 isn't an ifunc then we don't need a plt entry. */
4812 if (!h
->needs_plt
&& h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
4813 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4815 else if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
4816 /* We are going to be defining the function symbol on the
4817 plt stub, so no dyn_relocs needed when non-pic. */
4818 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4820 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4821 /* Function symbols can't have copy relocs. */
4825 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
4827 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
4828 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
4829 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
4830 if (h
->is_weakalias
)
4832 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*def
= weakdef (h
);
4833 BFD_ASSERT (def
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
);
4834 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= def
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
4835 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= def
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
4836 if (def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
4837 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
4838 || def
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->dynsbss
)
4839 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4843 /* This is a reference to a symbol defined by a dynamic object which
4844 is not a function. */
4846 /* If we are creating a shared library, we must presume that the
4847 only references to the symbol are via the global offset table.
4848 For such cases we need not do anything here; the relocations will
4849 be handled correctly by relocate_section. */
4850 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4852 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4856 /* If there are no references to this symbol that do not use the
4857 GOT, we don't need to generate a copy reloc. */
4858 if (!h
->non_got_ref
)
4860 h
->protected_def
= 0;
4864 /* Protected variables do not work with .dynbss. The copy in
4865 .dynbss won't be used by the shared library with the protected
4866 definition for the variable. Editing to PIC, or text relocations
4867 are preferable to an incorrect program. */
4868 if (h
->protected_def
)
4870 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4871 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
4872 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
4873 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
== 0
4874 && info
->disable_target_specific_optimizations
<= 1)
4875 htab
->params
->pic_fixup
= 1;
4879 /* If -z nocopyreloc was given, we won't generate them either. */
4880 if (info
->nocopyreloc
)
4883 /* If we don't find any dynamic relocs in read-only sections, then
4884 we'll be keeping the dynamic relocs and avoiding the copy reloc.
4885 We can't do this if there are any small data relocations. This
4886 doesn't work on VxWorks, where we can not have dynamic
4887 relocations (other than copy and jump slot relocations) in an
4889 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
4890 && !ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
4891 && !htab
->is_vxworks
4893 && !alias_readonly_dynrelocs (h
))
4896 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
4897 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
4898 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
4899 object will contain position independent code, so all references
4900 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
4901 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
4902 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
4903 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
4904 same memory location for the variable.
4906 Of course, if the symbol is referenced using SDAREL relocs, we
4907 must instead allocate it in .sbss. */
4908 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4910 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4911 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
;
4913 s
= htab
->elf
.sdynbss
;
4914 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4916 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0 && h
->size
!= 0)
4920 /* We must generate a R_PPC_COPY reloc to tell the dynamic
4921 linker to copy the initial value out of the dynamic object
4922 and into the runtime process image. */
4923 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
4924 srel
= htab
->relsbss
;
4925 else if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0)
4926 srel
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
4928 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
4929 BFD_ASSERT (srel
!= NULL
);
4930 srel
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
4934 /* We no longer want dyn_relocs. */
4935 ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
4936 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (info
, h
, s
);
4939 /* Generate a symbol to mark plt call stubs. For non-PIC code the sym is
4940 xxxxxxxx.plt_call32.<callee> where xxxxxxxx is a hex number, usually 0,
4941 specifying the addend on the plt relocation. For -fpic code, the sym
4942 is xxxxxxxx.plt_pic32.<callee>, and for -fPIC
4943 xxxxxxxx.got2.plt_pic32.<callee>. */
4946 add_stub_sym (struct plt_entry
*ent
,
4947 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
4948 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
4950 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
4951 size_t len1
, len2
, len3
;
4954 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
4956 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
4957 stub
= ".plt_pic32.";
4959 stub
= ".plt_call32.";
4961 len1
= strlen (h
->root
.root
.string
);
4962 len2
= strlen (stub
);
4965 len3
= strlen (ent
->sec
->name
);
4966 name
= bfd_malloc (len1
+ len2
+ len3
+ 9);
4969 sprintf (name
, "%08x", (unsigned) ent
->addend
& 0xffffffff);
4971 memcpy (name
+ 8, ent
->sec
->name
, len3
);
4972 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
, stub
, len2
);
4973 memcpy (name
+ 8 + len3
+ len2
, h
->root
.root
.string
, len1
+ 1);
4974 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, name
, TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
4977 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
4979 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
4980 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
4981 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= ent
->glink_offset
;
4982 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
4983 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
4984 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
4985 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
4987 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
4992 /* Allocate NEED contiguous space in .got, and return the offset.
4993 Handles allocation of the got header when crossing 32k. */
4996 allocate_got (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
, unsigned int need
)
4999 unsigned int max_before_header
;
5001 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5003 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5004 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5008 max_before_header
= htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
? 32768 : 32764;
5009 if (need
<= htab
->got_gap
)
5011 where
= max_before_header
- htab
->got_gap
;
5012 htab
->got_gap
-= need
;
5016 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+ need
> max_before_header
5017 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= max_before_header
)
5019 htab
->got_gap
= max_before_header
- htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5020 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
= max_before_header
+ htab
->got_header_size
;
5022 where
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5023 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= need
;
5029 /* Calculate size of GOT entries for symbol given its TLS_MASK.
5030 TLS_LD is excluded because those go in a special GOT slot. */
5032 static inline unsigned int
5033 got_entries_needed (int tls_mask
)
5036 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) == 0)
5041 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
5043 if ((tls_mask
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
5045 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
5051 /* If H is undefined, make it dynamic if that makes sense. */
5054 ensure_undef_dynamic (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5055 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5057 struct elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= elf_hash_table (info
);
5059 if (htab
->dynamic_sections_created
5060 && ((info
->dynamic_undefined_weak
!= 0
5061 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5062 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
5065 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5066 return bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
);
5070 /* Allocate space in associated reloc sections for dynamic relocs. */
5073 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
5075 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
5076 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
5077 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5078 struct elf_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5081 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5084 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5085 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
5086 if (eh
->elf
.got
.refcount
> 0
5087 || (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
5088 && !eh
->elf
.def_regular
5089 && eh
->elf
.protected_def
5090 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5091 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5092 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5096 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5097 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5101 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5103 if (SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5104 /* We'll just use htab->tlsld_got.offset. This should
5105 always be the case. It's a little odd if we have
5106 a local dynamic reloc against a non-local symbol. */
5107 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5111 need
+= got_entries_needed (eh
->tls_mask
);
5113 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5116 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5117 if (((bfd_link_pic (info
)
5118 && !((eh
->tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5119 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
5120 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5121 || (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5122 && eh
->elf
.dynindx
!= -1
5123 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &eh
->elf
)))
5124 && !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, &eh
->elf
))
5128 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5129 if ((eh
->tls_mask
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5130 need
-= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5131 rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5132 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5133 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5139 eh
->elf
.got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5141 /* If no dynamic sections we can't have dynamic relocs, except for
5142 IFUNCs which are handled even in static executables. */
5143 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5144 && h
->type
!= STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5145 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5147 /* Discard relocs on undefined symbols that must be local. */
5148 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
5149 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
5150 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5152 /* Also discard relocs on undefined weak syms with non-default
5153 visibility, or when dynamic_undefined_weak says so. */
5154 else if (UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
5155 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5157 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
== NULL
)
5160 /* In the shared -Bsymbolic case, discard space allocated for
5161 dynamic pc-relative relocs against symbols which turn out to be
5162 defined in regular objects. For the normal shared case, discard
5163 space for relocs that have become local due to symbol visibility
5165 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5167 /* Relocs that use pc_count are those that appear on a call insn,
5168 or certain REL relocs (see must_be_dyn_reloc) that can be
5169 generated via assembly. We want calls to protected symbols to
5170 resolve directly to the function rather than going via the plt.
5171 If people want function pointer comparisons to work as expected
5172 then they should avoid writing weird assembly. */
5173 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
5175 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5177 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5179 p
->count
-= p
->pc_count
;
5188 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5190 struct elf_dyn_relocs
**pp
;
5192 for (pp
= &eh
->dyn_relocs
; (p
= *pp
) != NULL
; )
5194 if (strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
, ".tls_vars") == 0)
5201 if (eh
->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
5203 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5204 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5208 else if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
)
5210 /* For the non-pic case, discard space for relocs against
5211 symbols which turn out to need copy relocs or are not
5213 if (h
->dynamic_adjusted
5215 && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
)
5216 && !(h
->protected_def
5217 && eh
->has_addr16_ha
5218 && eh
->has_addr16_lo
5219 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0))
5221 /* Make sure this symbol is output as a dynamic symbol. */
5222 if (!ensure_undef_dynamic (info
, h
))
5225 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
5226 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5229 eh
->dyn_relocs
= NULL
;
5232 /* Allocate space. */
5233 for (p
= eh
->dyn_relocs
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
5235 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5236 if (eh
->elf
.type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5237 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5238 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5241 /* Handle PLT relocs. Done last, after dynindx has settled.
5242 We might need a PLT entry when the symbol
5245 c) has plt16 relocs and has been processed by adjust_dynamic_symbol, or
5246 d) has plt16 relocs and we are linking statically. */
5247 dyn
= htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
&& h
->dynindx
!= -1;
5249 || h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
5250 || (h
->needs_plt
&& h
->dynamic_adjusted
)
5253 && !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
5254 && !htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5255 && (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->tls_mask
5256 & (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) == PLT_KEEP
))
5258 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5259 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5260 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5262 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5263 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5265 asection
*s
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
5269 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5275 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
|| !dyn
)
5279 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5282 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5284 if (s
== htab
->pltlocal
)
5285 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5289 if (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
))
5291 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5292 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
5295 && !bfd_link_pic (info
)
5299 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5300 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= glink_offset
;
5302 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5304 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
5305 && !add_stub_sym (ent
, h
, info
))
5313 /* If this is the first .plt entry, make room
5314 for the special first entry. */
5316 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
;
5318 /* The PowerPC PLT is actually composed of two
5319 parts, the first part is 2 words (for a load
5320 and a jump), and then there is a remaining
5321 word available at the end. */
5322 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
5323 + (htab
->plt_slot_size
5325 - htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5326 / htab
->plt_entry_size
)));
5328 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular
5329 file, and we are not generating a shared
5330 library, then set the symbol to this location
5331 in the .plt. This is to avoid text
5332 relocations, and is required to make
5333 function pointers compare as equal between
5334 the normal executable and the shared library. */
5335 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
)
5339 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= s
;
5340 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= plt_offset
;
5343 /* Make room for this entry. */
5344 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5345 /* After the 8192nd entry, room for two entries
5347 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
5348 && (s
->size
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5349 / htab
->plt_entry_size
5350 > PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
)
5351 s
->size
+= htab
->plt_entry_size
;
5353 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5356 /* We also need to make an entry in the .rela.plt section. */
5361 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
5363 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5364 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5366 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5368 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5369 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5374 htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5376 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
)
5378 /* Allocate space for the unloaded relocations. */
5379 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
5380 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5383 == (bfd_vma
) htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
5385 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5386 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5387 * VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
);
5390 htab
->srelplt2
->size
5391 += (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)
5392 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
);
5395 /* Every PLT entry has an associated GOT entry in
5397 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->size
+= 4;
5404 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5408 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5414 h
->plt
.plist
= NULL
;
5421 /* Set DF_TEXTREL if we find any dynamic relocs that apply to
5422 read-only sections. */
5425 maybe_set_textrel (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *info_p
)
5429 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
5432 sec
= readonly_dynrelocs (h
);
5435 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) info_p
;
5437 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5438 info
->callbacks
->minfo
5439 (_("%pB: dynamic relocation against `%pT' in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5440 sec
->owner
, h
->root
.root
.string
, sec
);
5442 /* Not an error, just cut short the traversal. */
5448 static const unsigned char glink_eh_frame_cie
[] =
5450 0, 0, 0, 16, /* length. */
5451 0, 0, 0, 0, /* id. */
5452 1, /* CIE version. */
5453 'z', 'R', 0, /* Augmentation string. */
5454 4, /* Code alignment. */
5455 0x7c, /* Data alignment. */
5457 1, /* Augmentation size. */
5458 DW_EH_PE_pcrel
| DW_EH_PE_sdata4
, /* FDE encoding. */
5459 DW_CFA_def_cfa
, 1, 0 /* def_cfa: r1 offset 0. */
5462 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
5465 ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
5466 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5468 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5474 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections called\n");
5477 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
5478 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
5480 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5482 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
5483 if (bfd_link_executable (info
) && !info
->nointerp
)
5485 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, ".interp");
5486 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
5487 s
->size
= sizeof ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5488 s
->contents
= (unsigned char *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER
;
5492 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5493 htab
->got_header_size
= 16;
5494 else if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
5495 htab
->got_header_size
= 12;
5497 /* Set up .got offsets for local syms, and space for local dynamic
5499 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
5501 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got
;
5502 bfd_signed_vma
*end_local_got
;
5503 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
5504 struct plt_entry
**end_local_plt
;
5506 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
5507 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5509 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
5512 for (s
= ibfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5514 struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*p
;
5516 for (p
= ((struct ppc_dyn_relocs
*)
5517 elf_section_data (s
)->local_dynrel
);
5521 if (!bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
)
5522 && bfd_is_abs_section (p
->sec
->output_section
))
5524 /* Input section has been discarded, either because
5525 it is a copy of a linkonce section or due to
5526 linker script /DISCARD/, so we'll be discarding
5529 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
5530 && strcmp (p
->sec
->output_section
->name
,
5533 /* Relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections are
5534 handled specially by the loader. */
5536 else if (p
->count
!= 0)
5538 asection
*sreloc
= elf_section_data (p
->sec
)->sreloc
;
5540 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5541 sreloc
->size
+= p
->count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5542 if ((p
->sec
->output_section
->flags
5543 & (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5544 == (SEC_READONLY
| SEC_ALLOC
))
5546 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5547 info
->callbacks
->minfo (_("%pB: dynamic relocation in read-only section `%pA'\n"),
5548 p
->sec
->owner
, p
->sec
);
5554 local_got
= elf_local_got_refcounts (ibfd
);
5558 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
5559 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5560 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
5561 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
5562 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
5563 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5565 for (; local_got
< end_local_got
; ++local_got
, ++lgot_masks
)
5569 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)) == (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
5570 htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
+= 1;
5571 need
= got_entries_needed (*lgot_masks
);
5573 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5576 *local_got
= allocate_got (htab
, need
);
5577 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5578 && !((*lgot_masks
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
5579 && bfd_link_executable (info
)))
5583 need
*= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4;
5584 srel
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
5585 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5586 srel
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5592 *local_got
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5594 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
5597 /* Allocate space for calls to local STT_GNU_IFUNC syms in .iplt. */
5598 lgot_masks
= (char *) end_local_plt
;
5599 for (; local_plt
< end_local_plt
; ++local_plt
, ++lgot_masks
)
5601 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
5602 bfd_boolean doneone
= FALSE
;
5603 bfd_vma plt_offset
= 0, glink_offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5605 for (ent
= *local_plt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
5606 if (ent
->plt
.refcount
> 0)
5608 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5610 else if (htab
->can_convert_all_inline_plt
5611 || (*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_KEEP
)) != PLT_KEEP
)
5613 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5621 plt_offset
= s
->size
;
5624 ent
->plt
.offset
= plt_offset
;
5626 if (s
!= htab
->pltlocal
&& (!doneone
|| bfd_link_pic (info
)))
5629 glink_offset
= s
->size
;
5630 s
->size
+= GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, NULL
);
5632 ent
->glink_offset
= glink_offset
;
5636 if ((*lgot_masks
& (TLS_TLS
| PLT_IFUNC
)) == PLT_IFUNC
)
5638 s
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
5639 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5641 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5643 s
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
5644 s
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5650 ent
->plt
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5654 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
5655 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
5657 if (htab
->tlsld_got
.refcount
> 0)
5659 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= allocate_got (htab
, 8);
5660 if (bfd_link_dll (info
))
5661 htab
->elf
.srelgot
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5664 htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
5666 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
&& htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_VXWORKS
)
5668 unsigned int g_o_t
= 32768;
5670 /* If we haven't allocated the header, do so now. When we get here,
5671 for old plt/got the got size will be 0 to 32764 (not allocated),
5672 or 32780 to 65536 (header allocated). For new plt/got, the
5673 corresponding ranges are 0 to 32768 and 32780 to 65536. */
5674 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
<= 32768)
5676 g_o_t
= htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
;
5677 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
5679 htab
->elf
.sgot
->size
+= htab
->got_header_size
;
5682 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
= g_o_t
;
5684 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5686 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5688 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
5689 sda
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
5691 if (info
->emitrelocations
)
5693 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
5695 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5696 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5697 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
5698 if (sda
!= NULL
&& sda
->ref_regular
)
5699 sda
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
5702 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5703 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5704 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5706 htab
->glink_pltresolve
= htab
->glink
->size
;
5707 /* Space for the branch table. */
5709 += htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
/ (sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
) / 4) - 4;
5710 /* Pad out to align the start of PLTresolve. */
5711 htab
->glink
->size
+= -htab
->glink
->size
& (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
5713 htab
->glink
->size
+= GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5715 if (htab
->params
->emit_stub_syms
)
5717 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sh
;
5718 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink",
5719 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5722 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5724 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5725 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5726 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
5727 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5728 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5729 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5730 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5732 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5734 sh
= elf_link_hash_lookup (&htab
->elf
, "__glink_PLTresolve",
5735 TRUE
, FALSE
, FALSE
);
5738 if (sh
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
5740 sh
->root
.type
= bfd_link_hash_defined
;
5741 sh
->root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->glink
;
5742 sh
->root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
5743 sh
->ref_regular
= 1;
5744 sh
->def_regular
= 1;
5745 sh
->ref_regular_nonweak
= 1;
5746 sh
->forced_local
= 1;
5748 sh
->root
.linker_def
= 1;
5753 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
5754 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0
5755 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5756 && !bfd_is_abs_section (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
)
5757 && _bfd_elf_eh_frame_present (info
))
5759 s
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
;
5760 s
->size
= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) + 20;
5761 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
5764 if (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8 >= 256)
5769 /* We've now determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections.
5770 Allocate memory for them. */
5772 for (s
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
5774 bfd_boolean strip_section
= TRUE
;
5776 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
5779 if (s
== htab
->elf
.splt
5780 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgot
)
5782 /* We'd like to strip these sections if they aren't needed, but if
5783 we've exported dynamic symbols from them we must leave them.
5784 It's too late to tell BFD to get rid of the symbols. */
5785 if (htab
->elf
.hplt
!= NULL
)
5786 strip_section
= FALSE
;
5787 /* Strip this section if we don't need it; see the
5790 else if (s
== htab
->elf
.iplt
5791 || s
== htab
->pltlocal
5793 || s
== htab
->glink_eh_frame
5794 || s
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
5796 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynbss
5797 || s
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
5798 || s
== htab
->dynsbss
)
5800 /* Strip these too. */
5802 else if (s
== htab
->sdata
[0].section
5803 || s
== htab
->sdata
[1].section
)
5805 strip_section
= (s
->flags
& SEC_KEEP
) == 0;
5807 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (bfd_section_name (s
), ".rela"))
5811 /* Remember whether there are any relocation sections. */
5814 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
5815 to copy relocs into the output file. */
5821 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
5825 if (s
->size
== 0 && strip_section
)
5827 /* If we don't need this section, strip it from the
5828 output file. This is mostly to handle .rela.bss and
5829 .rela.plt. We must create both sections in
5830 create_dynamic_sections, because they must be created
5831 before the linker maps input sections to output
5832 sections. The linker does that before
5833 adjust_dynamic_symbol is called, and it is that
5834 function which decides whether anything needs to go
5835 into these sections. */
5836 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
5840 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
5843 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
5844 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, s
->size
);
5845 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
5849 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5851 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
5852 values later, in ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
5853 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
5854 the .dynamic section. The DT_DEBUG entry is filled in by the
5855 dynamic linker and used by the debugger. */
5856 #define add_dynamic_entry(TAG, VAL) \
5857 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, TAG, VAL)
5859 if (bfd_link_executable (info
))
5861 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_DEBUG
, 0))
5865 if (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0)
5867 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTGOT
, 0)
5868 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0)
5869 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PLTREL
, DT_RELA
)
5870 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_JMPREL
, 0))
5874 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
5875 && htab
->glink
!= NULL
5876 && htab
->glink
->size
!= 0)
5878 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_GOT
, 0))
5880 if (!htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
5881 && htab
->tls_get_addr
!= NULL
5882 && htab
->tls_get_addr
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
5883 && !add_dynamic_entry (DT_PPC_OPT
, PPC_OPT_TLS
))
5889 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELA
, 0)
5890 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELASZ
, 0)
5891 || !add_dynamic_entry (DT_RELAENT
, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)))
5895 /* If any dynamic relocs apply to a read-only section, then we
5896 need a DT_TEXTREL entry. */
5897 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) == 0)
5898 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info
), maybe_set_textrel
,
5901 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
5903 if (!add_dynamic_entry (DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
5906 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5907 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
5910 #undef add_dynamic_entry
5912 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
5913 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
5915 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5918 memcpy (p
, glink_eh_frame_cie
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
));
5919 /* CIE length (rewrite in case little-endian). */
5920 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
) - 4, p
);
5921 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5923 val
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
- 4 - sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
5924 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5927 val
= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
5928 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
5930 /* Offset to .glink. Set later. */
5933 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, htab
->glink
->size
, p
);
5938 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
5939 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
5941 bfd_vma adv
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 8) >> 2;
5943 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ adv
;
5946 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc1
;
5949 else if (adv
< 65536)
5951 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc2
;
5952 bfd_put_16 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5957 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
5958 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, adv
, p
);
5961 *p
++ = DW_CFA_register
;
5964 *p
++ = DW_CFA_advance_loc
+ 4;
5965 *p
++ = DW_CFA_restore_extended
;
5968 BFD_ASSERT ((bfd_vma
) ((p
+ 3 - htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
) & -4)
5969 == htab
->glink_eh_frame
->size
);
5975 /* Arrange to have _SDA_BASE_ or _SDA2_BASE_ stripped from the output
5976 if it looks like nothing is using them. */
5979 maybe_strip_sdasym (bfd
*output_bfd
, elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
)
5981 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= lsect
->sym
;
5983 if (sda
!= NULL
&& !sda
->ref_regular
&& sda
->dynindx
== -1)
5987 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->name
);
5988 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5990 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, lsect
->bss_name
);
5991 if (s
== NULL
|| bfd_section_removed_from_list (output_bfd
, s
))
5993 sda
->def_regular
= 0;
5994 /* This is somewhat magic. See elf_link_output_extsym. */
5995 sda
->ref_dynamic
= 1;
5996 sda
->forced_local
= 0;
6003 ppc_elf_maybe_strip_sdata_syms (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6005 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6009 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0]);
6010 maybe_strip_sdasym (info
->output_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1]);
6015 /* Return TRUE if symbol should be hashed in the `.gnu.hash' section. */
6018 ppc_elf_hash_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6020 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
6022 && (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
6023 || !h
->ref_regular_nonweak
))
6026 return _bfd_elf_hash_symbol (h
);
6029 #define ARRAY_SIZE(a) (sizeof (a) / sizeof ((a)[0]))
6031 /* Relaxation trampolines. r12 is available for clobbering (r11, is
6032 used for some functions that are allowed to break the ABI). */
6033 static const int shared_stub_entry
[] =
6035 0x7c0802a6, /* mflr 0 */
6036 0x429f0005, /* bcl 20, 31, .Lxxx */
6037 0x7d8802a6, /* mflr 12 */
6038 0x3d8c0000, /* addis 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@ha */
6039 0x398c0000, /* addi 12, 12, (xxx-.Lxxx)@l */
6040 0x7c0803a6, /* mtlr 0 */
6041 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6042 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6045 static const int stub_entry
[] =
6047 0x3d800000, /* lis 12,xxx@ha */
6048 0x398c0000, /* addi 12,12,xxx@l */
6049 0x7d8903a6, /* mtctr 12 */
6050 0x4e800420, /* bctr */
6053 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
6055 unsigned int workaround_size
;
6056 unsigned int picfixup_size
;
6059 /* This function implements long branch trampolines, and the ppc476
6060 icache bug workaround. Any section needing trampolines or patch
6061 space for the workaround has its size extended so that we can
6062 add trampolines at the end of the section. */
6065 ppc_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
,
6067 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
6070 struct one_branch_fixup
6072 struct one_branch_fixup
*next
;
6074 /* Final link, can use the symbol offset. For a
6075 relocatable link we use the symbol's index. */
6080 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6081 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
6082 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
6083 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
= NULL
;
6084 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
= NULL
;
6085 struct one_branch_fixup
*branch_fixups
= NULL
;
6086 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6087 unsigned changes
= 0;
6088 bfd_boolean workaround_change
;
6089 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6090 bfd_size_type trampbase
, trampoff
, newsize
, picfixup_size
;
6092 bfd_boolean maybe_pasted
;
6096 /* No need to do anything with non-alloc or non-code sections. */
6097 if ((isec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
6098 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0
6099 || (isec
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) != 0
6103 /* We cannot represent the required PIC relocs in the output, so don't
6104 do anything. The linker doesn't support mixing -shared and -r
6106 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) && bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6109 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
6113 isec
->size
= (isec
->size
+ 3) & -4;
6114 if (isec
->rawsize
== 0)
6115 isec
->rawsize
= isec
->size
;
6116 trampbase
= isec
->size
;
6118 BFD_ASSERT (isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_NONE
6119 || isec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
);
6120 isec
->sec_info_type
= SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
;
6122 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6123 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6125 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6127 elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
6128 = bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct ppc_elf_relax_info
));
6129 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
== NULL
)
6132 relax_info
= elf_section_data (isec
)->sec_info
;
6133 trampbase
-= relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6136 maybe_pasted
= (strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
6137 || strcmp (isec
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0);
6138 /* Space for a branch around any trampolines. */
6139 trampoff
= trampbase
;
6140 if (maybe_pasted
&& trampbase
== isec
->rawsize
)
6143 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (abfd
);
6145 if (htab
->params
->branch_trampolines
6146 || htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6148 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
6149 if (isec
->reloc_count
!= 0)
6151 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, isec
, NULL
, NULL
,
6152 link_info
->keep_memory
);
6153 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
6157 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".got2");
6159 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6160 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
6162 unsigned long r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
6165 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
;
6166 size_t insn_offset
= 0;
6167 bfd_vma max_branch_offset
= 0, val
;
6170 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
6171 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
6172 struct plt_entry
**plist
;
6173 unsigned char sym_type
;
6178 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6179 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6181 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 25;
6185 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6186 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6187 max_branch_offset
= 1 << 15;
6190 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
6191 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6199 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
6200 if (!get_sym_h (&h
, &isym
, &tsec
, NULL
, &isymbuf
,
6201 ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
), abfd
))
6208 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
6209 tsec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
6213 toff
= isym
->st_value
;
6214 sym_type
= ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
);
6219 toff
= h
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
6220 else if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
6221 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
6225 indx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
) - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
6226 tsec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6227 toff
= bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
) ? indx
: 0;
6232 /* If this branch is to __tls_get_addr then we may later
6233 optimise away the call. We won't be needing a long-
6234 branch stub in that case. */
6235 if (bfd_link_executable (link_info
)
6236 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6237 && irel
!= internal_relocs
)
6239 unsigned long t_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6240 unsigned long t_rtype
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
);
6241 unsigned int tls_mask
= 0;
6243 /* The previous reloc should be one of R_PPC_TLSGD or
6244 R_PPC_TLSLD, or for older object files, a reloc
6245 on the __tls_get_addr arg setup insn. Get tls
6246 mask bits from the symbol on that reloc. */
6247 if (t_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
6249 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6251 if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
6253 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6254 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6255 char *lgot_masks
= (char *)
6256 (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6257 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[t_symndx
];
6262 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*th
6263 = elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[t_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
];
6265 while (th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
6266 || th
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
6267 th
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
6270 = ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) th
)->tls_mask
;
6273 /* The mask bits tell us if the call will be
6275 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
6276 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSGD
6277 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
6278 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
))
6280 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
6281 && (t_rtype
== R_PPC_TLSLD
6282 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
6283 || t_rtype
== R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
))
6290 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
6295 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
6296 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
)
6297 picfixup_size
+= 12;
6301 /* The condition here under which we call find_plt_ent must
6302 match that in relocate_section. If we call find_plt_ent here
6303 but not in relocate_section, or vice versa, then the branch
6304 destination used here may be incorrect. */
6308 /* We know is_branch_reloc (r_type) is true. */
6309 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6310 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6311 plist
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
6313 else if (sym_type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
6314 && elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
) != NULL
)
6316 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (abfd
);
6317 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**)
6318 (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
6319 plist
= local_plt
+ ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
6324 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
6326 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
&& bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6327 addend
= irel
->r_addend
;
6328 ent
= find_plt_ent (plist
, got2
, addend
);
6331 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
6333 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
6334 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
6337 toff
= ent
->glink_offset
;
6341 tsec
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
6342 toff
= ent
->plt
.offset
;
6347 /* If the branch and target are in the same section, you have
6348 no hope of adding stubs. We'll error out later should the
6353 /* toff is used for the symbol index when the symbol is
6354 undefined and we're doing a relocatable link, so we can't
6355 support addends. It would be possible to do so by
6356 putting the addend in one_branch_fixup but addends on
6357 branches are rare so it hardly seems worth supporting. */
6358 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6359 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
6360 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
6361 && irel
->r_addend
!= 0)
6364 /* There probably isn't any reason to handle symbols in
6365 SEC_MERGE sections; SEC_MERGE doesn't seem a likely
6366 attribute for a code section, and we are only looking at
6367 branches. However, implement it correctly here as a
6368 reference for other target relax_section functions. */
6369 if (0 && tsec
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE
)
6371 /* At this stage in linking, no SEC_MERGE symbol has been
6372 adjusted, so all references to such symbols need to be
6373 passed through _bfd_merged_section_offset. (Later, in
6374 relocate_section, all SEC_MERGE symbols *except* for
6375 section symbols have been adjusted.)
6377 gas may reduce relocations against symbols in SEC_MERGE
6378 sections to a relocation against the section symbol when
6379 the original addend was zero. When the reloc is against
6380 a section symbol we should include the addend in the
6381 offset passed to _bfd_merged_section_offset, since the
6382 location of interest is the original symbol. On the
6383 other hand, an access to "sym+addend" where "sym" is not
6384 a section symbol should not include the addend; Such an
6385 access is presumed to be an offset from "sym"; The
6386 location of interest is just "sym". */
6387 if (sym_type
== STT_SECTION
6388 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6389 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6392 = _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd
, &tsec
,
6393 elf_section_data (tsec
)->sec_info
,
6396 if (sym_type
!= STT_SECTION
6397 && r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6398 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6400 /* PLTREL24 addends are special. */
6401 else if (r_type
!= R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6402 toff
+= irel
->r_addend
;
6404 /* Attempted -shared link of non-pic code loses. */
6405 if ((!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6406 && tsec
== bfd_und_section_ptr
)
6407 || tsec
->output_section
== NULL
6408 || (tsec
->owner
!= NULL
6409 && (tsec
->owner
->flags
& BFD_PLUGIN
) != 0))
6412 roff
= irel
->r_offset
;
6414 /* Avoid creating a lot of unnecessary fixups when
6415 relocatable if the output section size is such that a
6416 fixup can be created at final link.
6417 The max_branch_offset adjustment allows for some number
6418 of other fixups being needed at final link. */
6419 if (bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6420 && (isec
->output_section
->rawsize
- (isec
->output_offset
+ roff
)
6421 < max_branch_offset
- (max_branch_offset
>> 4)))
6424 /* If the branch is in range, no need to do anything. */
6425 if (tsec
!= bfd_und_section_ptr
6426 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6427 /* A relocatable link may have sections moved during
6428 final link, so do not presume they remain in range. */
6429 || tsec
->output_section
== isec
->output_section
))
6431 bfd_vma symaddr
, reladdr
;
6433 symaddr
= tsec
->output_section
->vma
+ tsec
->output_offset
+ toff
;
6434 reladdr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
+ roff
;
6435 if (symaddr
- reladdr
+ max_branch_offset
6436 < 2 * max_branch_offset
)
6440 /* Look for an existing fixup to this address. */
6441 for (f
= branch_fixups
; f
; f
= f
->next
)
6442 if (f
->tsec
== tsec
&& f
->toff
== toff
)
6448 unsigned long stub_rtype
;
6450 val
= trampoff
- roff
;
6451 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6452 /* Oh dear, we can't reach a trampoline. Don't try to add
6453 one. We'll report an error later. */
6456 if (bfd_link_pic (link_info
))
6458 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
);
6463 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
6466 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX
;
6467 if (tsec
== htab
->elf
.splt
6468 || tsec
== htab
->glink
)
6470 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
;
6471 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
)
6472 stub_rtype
= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
;
6475 /* Hijack the old relocation. Since we need two
6476 relocations for this use a "composite" reloc. */
6477 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
),
6479 irel
->r_offset
= trampoff
+ insn_offset
;
6480 if (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
6481 && stub_rtype
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
6484 /* Record the fixup so we don't do it again this section. */
6485 f
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (*f
));
6486 f
->next
= branch_fixups
;
6489 f
->trampoff
= trampoff
;
6497 val
= f
->trampoff
- roff
;
6498 if (val
>= max_branch_offset
)
6501 /* Nop out the reloc, since we're finalizing things here. */
6502 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6505 /* Get the section contents. */
6506 if (contents
== NULL
)
6508 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
6509 if (elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
6510 contents
= elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
6511 /* Go get them off disk. */
6512 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, isec
, &contents
))
6516 /* Fix up the existing branch to hit the trampoline. */
6517 hit_addr
= contents
+ roff
;
6521 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
6522 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
6523 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6525 t0
|= val
& 0x3fffffc;
6526 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6530 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
6531 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
6532 t0
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, hit_addr
);
6535 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, t0
, hit_addr
);
6540 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6542 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6543 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6548 workaround_change
= FALSE
;
6550 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
6551 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (link_info
)
6552 || isec
->output_section
->alignment_power
>= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
))
6554 bfd_vma addr
, end_addr
;
6555 unsigned int crossings
;
6556 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6558 addr
= isec
->output_section
->vma
+ isec
->output_offset
;
6559 end_addr
= addr
+ trampoff
;
6561 crossings
= ((end_addr
& -pagesize
) - addr
) >> htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
6564 /* Keep space aligned, to ensure the patch code itself does
6565 not cross a page. Don't decrease size calculated on a
6566 previous pass as otherwise we might never settle on a layout. */
6567 newsize
= 15 - ((end_addr
- 1) & 15);
6568 newsize
+= crossings
* 16;
6569 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
< newsize
)
6571 relax_info
->workaround_size
= newsize
;
6572 workaround_change
= TRUE
;
6574 /* Ensure relocate_section is called. */
6575 isec
->flags
|= SEC_RELOC
;
6577 newsize
= trampoff
+ relax_info
->workaround_size
;
6580 if (htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
6582 picfixup_size
-= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6583 if (picfixup_size
!= 0)
6584 relax_info
->picfixup_size
+= picfixup_size
;
6585 newsize
+= relax_info
->picfixup_size
;
6588 if (changes
!= 0 || picfixup_size
!= 0 || workaround_change
)
6589 isec
->size
= newsize
;
6592 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
6594 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
6598 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6599 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
6603 if (contents
!= NULL
6604 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6606 if (!changes
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
6610 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
6611 elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
6615 changes
+= picfixup_size
;
6618 /* Append sufficient NOP relocs so we can write out relocation
6619 information for the trampolines. */
6620 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
6621 Elf_Internal_Rela
*new_relocs
= bfd_malloc ((changes
+ isec
->reloc_count
)
6622 * sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6627 memcpy (new_relocs
, internal_relocs
,
6628 isec
->reloc_count
* sizeof (*new_relocs
));
6629 for (ix
= changes
; ix
--;)
6631 irel
= new_relocs
+ ix
+ isec
->reloc_count
;
6633 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_NONE
);
6635 if (internal_relocs
!= elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
)
6636 free (internal_relocs
);
6637 elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
= new_relocs
;
6638 isec
->reloc_count
+= changes
;
6639 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (isec
);
6640 rel_hdr
->sh_size
+= changes
* rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
6642 else if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6643 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6644 free (internal_relocs
);
6646 *again
= changes
!= 0 || workaround_change
;
6650 while (branch_fixups
!= NULL
)
6652 struct one_branch_fixup
*f
= branch_fixups
;
6653 branch_fixups
= branch_fixups
->next
;
6656 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
&& (unsigned char *) isymbuf
!= symtab_hdr
->contents
)
6658 if (contents
!= NULL
6659 && elf_section_data (isec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
6661 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
6662 && elf_section_data (isec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
6663 free (internal_relocs
);
6667 /* What to do when ld finds relocations against symbols defined in
6668 discarded sections. */
6671 ppc_elf_action_discarded (asection
*sec
)
6673 if (strcmp (".fixup", sec
->name
) == 0)
6676 if (strcmp (".got2", sec
->name
) == 0)
6679 return _bfd_elf_default_action_discarded (sec
);
6682 /* Fill in the address for a pointer generated in a linker section. */
6685 elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (bfd
*input_bfd
,
6686 elf_linker_section_t
*lsect
,
6687 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6689 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
6691 elf_linker_section_pointers_t
*linker_section_ptr
;
6693 BFD_ASSERT (lsect
!= NULL
);
6697 /* Handle global symbol. */
6698 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*eh
;
6700 eh
= (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
6701 BFD_ASSERT (eh
->elf
.def_regular
);
6702 linker_section_ptr
= eh
->linker_section_pointer
;
6706 /* Handle local symbol. */
6707 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
6709 BFD_ASSERT (is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
));
6710 BFD_ASSERT (elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
) != NULL
);
6711 linker_section_ptr
= elf_local_ptr_offsets (input_bfd
)[r_symndx
];
6714 linker_section_ptr
= elf_find_pointer_linker_section (linker_section_ptr
,
6717 BFD_ASSERT (linker_section_ptr
!= NULL
);
6719 /* Offset will always be a multiple of four, so use the bottom bit
6720 as a "written" flag. */
6721 if ((linker_section_ptr
->offset
& 1) == 0)
6723 bfd_put_32 (lsect
->section
->owner
,
6724 relocation
+ linker_section_ptr
->addend
,
6725 lsect
->section
->contents
+ linker_section_ptr
->offset
);
6726 linker_section_ptr
->offset
+= 1;
6729 relocation
= (lsect
->section
->output_section
->vma
6730 + lsect
->section
->output_offset
6731 + linker_section_ptr
->offset
- 1
6732 - SYM_VAL (lsect
->sym
));
6736 "Finish pointer in linker section %s, offset = %ld (0x%lx)\n",
6737 lsect
->name
, (long) relocation
, (long) relocation
);
6743 #define PPC_LO(v) ((v) & 0xffff)
6744 #define PPC_HI(v) (((v) >> 16) & 0xffff)
6745 #define PPC_HA(v) PPC_HI ((v) + 0x8000)
6748 write_glink_stub (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, struct plt_entry
*ent
,
6749 asection
*plt_sec
, unsigned char *p
,
6750 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
6752 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
6753 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
6755 unsigned char *end
= p
+ GLINK_ENTRY_SIZE (htab
, h
);
6758 && h
== htab
->tls_get_addr
6759 && !htab
->params
->no_tls_get_addr_opt
)
6761 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_3
, p
);
6763 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_3
+ 4, p
);
6765 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_0_3
, p
);
6767 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, CMPWI_11_0
, p
);
6769 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_3_12_2
, p
);
6771 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BEQLR
, p
);
6773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MR_3_0
, p
);
6775 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
6779 plt
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
& ~1)
6780 + plt_sec
->output_section
->vma
6781 + plt_sec
->output_offset
);
6783 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
6787 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
6789 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
6790 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
6791 else if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
6792 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
6796 if (plt
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
6797 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_30
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6800 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_30
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6802 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6807 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_11
+ PPC_HA (plt
), p
);
6809 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_11_11
+ PPC_LO (plt
), p
);
6812 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_11
, p
);
6814 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
6818 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
6823 /* Return true if symbol is defined statically. */
6826 is_static_defined (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
6828 return ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
6829 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
6830 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
!= NULL
6831 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
!= NULL
);
6834 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tls operand, return
6835 the transformed insn for TLS optimisation, otherwise return 0. If
6836 REG is non-zero only match an insn with RB or RA equal to REG. */
6839 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6843 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) != 31 << 26)
6846 if (reg
== 0 || ((insn
>> 11) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6847 rtra
= insn
& ((1 << 26) - (1 << 16));
6848 else if (((insn
>> 16) & 0x1f) == reg
)
6849 rtra
= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) | ((insn
& (0x1f << 11)) << 5);
6853 if ((insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == 266 << 1)
6856 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 1)) == 23 << 1
6857 && ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 14 << 6
6858 || ((insn
& (0x1f << 6)) >= 16 << 6
6859 && (insn
& (0x1f << 6)) < 24 << 6)))
6860 /* load and store indexed -> dform. */
6861 insn
= (32 | ((insn
>> 6) & 0x1f)) << 26;
6862 else if ((insn
& (((0x1a << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 21 << 1)
6863 /* ldx, ldux, stdx, stdux -> ld, ldu, std, stdu. */
6864 insn
= ((58 | ((insn
>> 6) & 4)) << 26) | ((insn
>> 6) & 1);
6865 else if ((insn
& (((0x1f << 5) | 0x1f) << 1)) == 341 << 1)
6867 insn
= (58 << 26) | 2;
6874 /* If INSN is an opcode that may be used with an @tprel operand, return
6875 the transformed insn for an undefined weak symbol, ie. with the
6876 thread pointer REG operand removed. Otherwise return 0. */
6879 _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (unsigned int insn
, unsigned int reg
)
6881 if ((insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == reg
<< 16
6882 && ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
6883 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26 /* addis */
6884 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
6885 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
6886 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
6887 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
6888 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
6889 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
6890 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
6891 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
6892 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
6893 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
6894 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
6895 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
6896 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
6897 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
6899 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
6900 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3))))
6902 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
6904 else if ((insn
& (0x1f << 21)) == reg
<< 21
6905 && ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori, oris */
6906 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori,xoris */
6907 || (insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi,andis */))
6909 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 21);
6910 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) << 5;
6911 if ((insn
& (0x3e << 26)) == 26 << 26 /* xori,xoris */)
6912 insn
-= 2 >> 26; /* convert to ori,oris */
6920 is_insn_ds_form (unsigned int insn
)
6922 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* ld,ldu,lwa */
6923 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std,stdu,stq */
6924 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 57u << 26 /* lfdp */
6925 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 61u << 26 /* stfdp */);
6929 is_insn_dq_form (unsigned int insn
)
6931 return ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 56u << 26 /* lq */
6932 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (61u << 26) /* lxv, stxv */
6933 && (insn
& 3) == 1));
6936 /* The RELOCATE_SECTION function is called by the ELF backend linker
6937 to handle the relocations for a section.
6939 The relocs are always passed as Rela structures; if the section
6940 actually uses Rel structures, the r_addend field will always be
6943 This function is responsible for adjust the section contents as
6944 necessary, and (if using Rela relocs and generating a
6945 relocatable output file) adjusting the reloc addend as
6948 This function does not have to worry about setting the reloc
6949 address or the reloc symbol index.
6951 LOCAL_SYMS is a pointer to the swapped in local symbols.
6953 LOCAL_SECTIONS is an array giving the section in the input file
6954 corresponding to the st_shndx field of each local symbol.
6956 The global hash table entry for the global symbols can be found
6957 via elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd).
6959 When generating relocatable output, this function must handle
6960 STB_LOCAL/STT_SECTION symbols specially. The output symbol is
6961 going to be the section symbol corresponding to the output
6962 section, which means that the addend must be adjusted
6966 ppc_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6967 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6969 asection
*input_section
,
6971 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
6972 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
6973 asection
**local_sections
)
6975 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
6976 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
6977 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6978 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
6979 Elf_Internal_Rela
*wrel
;
6980 Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
6981 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
6983 bfd_vma
*local_got_offsets
;
6984 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
6985 bfd_vma d_offset
= (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
) ? 2 : 0);
6986 bfd_boolean is_vxworks_tls
;
6987 unsigned int picfixup_size
= 0;
6988 struct ppc_elf_relax_info
*relax_info
= NULL
;
6991 _bfd_error_handler ("ppc_elf_relocate_section called for %pB section %pA, "
6992 "%ld relocations%s",
6993 input_bfd
, input_section
,
6994 (long) input_section
->reloc_count
,
6995 (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)) ? " (relocatable)" : "");
6998 if (!is_ppc_elf (input_bfd
))
7000 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format
);
7004 got2
= bfd_get_section_by_name (input_bfd
, ".got2");
7006 /* Initialize howto table if not already done. */
7007 if (!ppc_elf_howto_table
[R_PPC_ADDR32
])
7008 ppc_elf_howto_init ();
7010 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
7011 local_got_offsets
= elf_local_got_offsets (input_bfd
);
7012 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (input_bfd
);
7013 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
);
7014 /* We have to handle relocations in vxworks .tls_vars sections
7015 specially, because the dynamic loader is 'weird'. */
7016 is_vxworks_tls
= (htab
->is_vxworks
&& bfd_link_pic (info
)
7017 && !strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
,
7019 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
)
7020 relax_info
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sec_info
;
7021 rel
= wrel
= relocs
;
7022 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
;
7023 for (; rel
< relend
; wrel
++, rel
++)
7025 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
7027 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
7028 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
7030 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7031 const char *sym_name
;
7032 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7033 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7035 bfd_vma branch_bit
, from
;
7036 bfd_boolean unresolved_reloc
, save_unresolved_reloc
;
7038 unsigned int tls_type
, tls_mask
, tls_gd
;
7039 struct plt_entry
**ifunc
, **plt_list
;
7040 struct reloc_howto_struct alt_howto
;
7043 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
);
7047 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7049 r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (rel
->r_info
);
7051 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7053 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
7054 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
7055 sym_name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
, sym
, sec
);
7057 relocation
= _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
7061 bfd_boolean ignored
;
7063 RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
,
7064 r_symndx
, symtab_hdr
, sym_hashes
,
7066 unresolved_reloc
, warned
, ignored
);
7068 sym_name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
7071 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
7073 /* For relocs against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
7074 or sections discarded by a linker script, we just want the
7075 section contents zeroed. Avoid any special processing. */
7077 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7078 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7080 _bfd_clear_contents (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
7081 contents
, rel
->r_offset
);
7082 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7086 /* For ld -r, remove relocations in debug sections against
7087 symbols defined in discarded sections. Not done for
7088 non-debug to preserve relocs in .eh_frame which the
7089 eh_frame editing code expects to be present. */
7090 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
7091 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
))
7097 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
7100 && r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7101 && rel
->r_addend
!= 0)
7103 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
7104 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2. */
7105 rel
->r_addend
+= got2
->output_offset
;
7107 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
7108 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
7109 && r_type
!= R_PPC_RELAX
)
7113 /* TLS optimizations. Replace instruction sequences and relocs
7114 based on information we collected in tls_optimize. We edit
7115 RELOCS so that --emit-relocs will output something sensible
7116 for the final instruction stream. */
7120 tls_mask
= ((struct ppc_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->tls_mask
;
7121 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
7123 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7126 = (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7127 lgot_masks
= (char *) (local_plt
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7128 tls_mask
= lgot_masks
[r_symndx
];
7131 /* Ensure reloc mapping code below stays sane. */
7132 if ((R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)
7133 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
& 3)
7134 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
& 3)
7135 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
& 3)
7136 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
& 3)
7137 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
& 3)
7138 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
& 3)
7139 || (R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
& 3) != (R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
& 3))
7146 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7147 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7148 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7149 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7153 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7154 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7156 insn
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis 0,2,0 */
7157 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7158 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7159 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7160 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7165 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7166 && (tls_mask
& TLS_TPREL
) == 0)
7170 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7171 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tls_transform (insn
, 2);
7174 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7175 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7176 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7178 /* Was PPC_TLS which sits on insn boundary, now
7179 PPC_TPREL16_LO which is at low-order half-word. */
7180 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7184 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7185 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7187 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7191 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7192 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7193 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7196 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7197 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7198 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7201 rel
->r_offset
-= d_offset
;
7202 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7203 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7205 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7209 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7210 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7212 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0)
7216 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7217 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7218 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0)
7220 unsigned int insn1
, insn2
;
7224 offset
= (bfd_vma
) -1;
7225 /* If not using the newer R_PPC_TLSGD/LD to mark
7226 __tls_get_addr calls, we must trust that the call
7227 stays with its arg setup insns, ie. that the next
7228 reloc is the __tls_get_addr call associated with
7229 the current reloc. Edit both insns. */
7230 if (input_section
->nomark_tls_get_addr
7232 && branch_reloc_hash_match (input_bfd
, rel
+ 1,
7233 htab
->tls_get_addr
))
7234 offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
;
7235 /* We read the low GOT_TLS insn because we need to keep
7236 the destination reg. It may be something other than
7237 the usual r3, and moved to r3 before the call by
7238 intervening code. */
7239 insn1
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7240 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7241 if ((tls_mask
& tls_gd
) != 0)
7244 insn1
&= (0x1f << 21) | (0x1f << 16);
7245 insn1
|= 32 << 26; /* lwz */
7246 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7248 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7249 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7250 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7252 r_type
= (((r_type
- (R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
& 3)) & 3)
7253 + R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
);
7254 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7259 insn1
&= 0x1f << 21;
7260 insn1
|= 0x3c020000; /* addis r,2,0 */
7263 /* Was an LD reloc. */
7265 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7267 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7269 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7270 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7271 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7272 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7273 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7274 + sec
->output_offset
7275 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7277 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
;
7278 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7279 if (offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
7281 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7282 rel
[1].r_offset
= offset
+ d_offset
;
7283 rel
[1].r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7284 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7285 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn1
,
7289 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7292 /* We changed the symbol on an LD reloc. Start over
7293 in order to get h, sym, sec etc. right. */
7300 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) == 0
7301 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7304 bfd_vma offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
7306 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7308 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ offset
);
7309 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7313 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GDIE
) != 0)
7316 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
7317 insn2
= 0x7c631214; /* add 3,3,2 */
7322 r_type
= R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
;
7323 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7324 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7326 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, r_type
);
7327 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
, contents
+ offset
);
7328 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7329 BFD_ASSERT (offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7330 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7335 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0 && (tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) == 0
7336 && rel
+ 1 < relend
)
7340 if (is_plt_seq_reloc (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
[1].r_info
)))
7342 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7343 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7348 r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7350 if (local_sections
[r_symndx
] == sec
)
7352 if (r_symndx
>= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
7353 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
7354 rel
->r_addend
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7355 if (r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
)
7356 rel
->r_addend
-= (local_syms
[r_symndx
].st_value
7357 + sec
->output_offset
7358 + sec
->output_section
->vma
);
7360 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
);
7361 rel
->r_offset
+= d_offset
;
7362 insn2
= 0x38630000; /* addi 3,3,0 */
7363 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn2
,
7364 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7365 /* Zap the reloc on the _tls_get_addr call too. */
7366 BFD_ASSERT (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
);
7367 rel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_PPC_NONE
);
7373 /* Handle other relocations that tweak non-addend part of insn. */
7380 /* Branch taken prediction relocations. */
7381 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
7382 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
7383 branch_bit
= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7386 /* Branch not taken prediction relocations. */
7387 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
7388 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
7392 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7393 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7396 from
= (rel
->r_offset
7397 + input_section
->output_offset
7398 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
7400 /* Invert 'y' bit if not the default. */
7401 if ((bfd_signed_vma
) (relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
- from
) < 0)
7402 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
7404 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
7408 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
7412 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7413 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7414 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 15u << 26
7415 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) != 0)
7417 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
7419 /* Convert addis to lis. */
7420 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7421 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
,
7422 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7425 else if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
7426 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7427 (_("%P: %H: error: %s with unexpected instruction %x\n"),
7428 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7429 "R_PPC_PLT16_HA", insn
);
7434 if (ELIMINATE_COPY_RELOCS
7438 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_ha
7439 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_addr16_lo
7440 && htab
->params
->pic_fixup
> 0)
7442 /* Convert lis;addi or lis;load/store accessing a protected
7443 variable defined in a shared library to PIC. */
7446 if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
)
7448 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7449 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7450 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (15u << 26)
7451 && (insn
& (0x1f << 16)) == 0 /* lis */)
7457 p
= (contents
+ input_section
->size
7458 - relax_info
->workaround_size
7459 - relax_info
->picfixup_size
7461 off
= (p
- contents
) - (rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7462 if (off
> 0x1fffffc || (off
& 3) != 0)
7463 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7464 (_("%H: fixup branch overflow\n"),
7465 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
7467 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| off
,
7468 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7469 got_addr
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7470 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7471 + (h
->got
.offset
& ~1));
7472 wrel
->r_offset
= (p
- contents
) + d_offset
;
7473 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
7474 wrel
->r_addend
= got_addr
;
7476 insn
|= ((unsigned int) (got_addr
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
7477 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7479 /* Convert lis to lwz, loading address from GOT. */
7481 insn
^= (32u ^ 15u) << 26;
7482 insn
|= (insn
& (0x1f << 21)) >> 5;
7483 insn
|= got_addr
& 0xffff;
7484 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
+ 4);
7486 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| ((-4 - off
) & 0x3ffffff), p
+ 8);
7487 picfixup_size
+= 12;
7489 /* Use one of the spare relocs, so --emit-relocs
7490 output is reasonable. */
7491 memmove (rel
+ 1, rel
, (relend
- rel
- 1) * sizeof (*rel
));
7493 rel
->r_offset
= wrel
[-1].r_offset
+ 4;
7494 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
7495 rel
->r_addend
= wrel
[-1].r_addend
;
7497 /* Continue on as if we had a got reloc, to output
7499 r_type
= R_PPC_GOT16_LO
;
7503 /* xgettext:c-format */
7504 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7505 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7506 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7507 "R_PPC_ADDR16_HA", insn
);
7509 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
)
7511 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
7512 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
7513 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 14u << 26 /* addi */
7514 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 32u << 26 /* lwz */
7515 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 34u << 26 /* lbz */
7516 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 36u << 26 /* stw */
7517 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 38u << 26 /* stb */
7518 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 40u << 26 /* lhz */
7519 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 42u << 26 /* lha */
7520 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 44u << 26 /* sth */
7521 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 46u << 26 /* lmw */
7522 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 47u << 26 /* stmw */
7523 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 48u << 26 /* lfs */
7524 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 50u << 26 /* lfd */
7525 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 52u << 26 /* stfs */
7526 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 54u << 26 /* stfd */
7527 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 58u << 26 /* lwa,ld,lmd */
7529 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 62u << 26 /* std, stmd */
7530 && ((insn
& 3) == 0 || (insn
& 3) == 3)))
7532 /* Arrange to apply the reloc addend, if any. */
7534 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7535 rel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, r_type
);
7539 /* xgettext:c-format */
7540 (_("%pB(%pA+%#" PRIx64
"): error: "
7541 "%s with unexpected instruction %#x"),
7542 input_bfd
, input_section
, (uint64_t) rel
->r_offset
,
7543 "R_PPC_ADDR16_LO", insn
);
7548 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7550 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
7554 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7555 ifunc
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
7557 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
7558 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
7560 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
7562 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
7563 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
7564 ifunc
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
7569 && (!bfd_link_pic (info
)
7570 || is_branch_reloc (r_type
)
7571 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7572 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7573 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7576 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7577 && (r_type
== R_PPC_PLTREL24
7578 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_LO
7579 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HI
7580 || r_type
== R_PPC_PLT16_HA
))
7581 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7582 ent
= find_plt_ent (ifunc
, got2
, addend
);
7586 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7588 && htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
7589 && (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7591 || h
->dynindx
== -1))
7593 /* Uh oh, we are going to create a pic glink stub
7594 for an ifunc (here for h == NULL and later in
7595 finish_dynamic_symbol for h != NULL), and
7596 apparently are using code compiled with
7597 -mbss-plt. The difficulty is that -mbss-plt code
7598 gives no indication via a magic PLTREL24 addend
7599 whether r30 is equal to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or
7600 is pointing into a .got2 section (and how far
7602 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7603 /* xgettext:c-format */
7604 (_("%X%H: unsupported bss-plt -fPIC ifunc %s\n"),
7605 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, sym_name
);
7608 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7609 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
7610 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7612 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
7613 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
7614 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
7615 + (ent
->glink_offset
& ~1));
7617 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
7618 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
7623 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
7624 save_unresolved_reloc
= unresolved_reloc
;
7626 if (r_type
< R_PPC_max
)
7627 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
7634 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
7635 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7637 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7638 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7639 if ((insn
& ((0x3f << 26) | 0x1f << 16))
7640 != ((15u << 26) | (2 << 16)) /* addis rt,2,imm */)
7641 /* xgettext:c-format */
7642 info
->callbacks
->minfo
7643 (_("%H: warning: %s unexpected insn %#x.\n"),
7644 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
, howto
->name
, insn
);
7646 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
7650 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
7651 if (htab
->do_tls_opt
&& relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
7653 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
7654 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
7655 insn
&= ~(0x1f << 16);
7657 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
7666 /* xgettext:c-format */
7667 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
7668 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
7670 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7678 case R_PPC_EMB_MRKREF
:
7679 case R_PPC_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
7680 case R_PPC_GNU_VTENTRY
:
7683 /* GOT16 relocations. Like an ADDR16 using the symbol's
7684 address in the GOT as relocation value instead of the
7685 symbol's value itself. Also, create a GOT entry for the
7686 symbol and put the symbol value there. */
7687 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
7688 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
7689 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HI
:
7690 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
7691 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7694 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
7695 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
7696 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HI
:
7697 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
7698 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7701 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
7702 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
7703 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HI
:
7704 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
7705 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7708 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
7709 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
7710 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HI
:
7711 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
7712 tls_type
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7716 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
7717 case R_PPC_GOT16_HI
:
7718 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
7722 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the global
7728 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
== NULL
)
7732 if (tls_type
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
)
7733 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7734 offp
= &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
;
7737 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
7739 || SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)
7740 || UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7741 /* This is actually a static link, or it is a
7742 -Bsymbolic link and the symbol is defined
7743 locally, or the symbol was forced to be local
7744 because of a version file. */
7749 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
7751 offp
= &h
->got
.offset
;
7755 if (local_got_offsets
== NULL
)
7757 offp
= &local_got_offsets
[r_symndx
];
7760 /* The offset must always be a multiple of 4. We use the
7761 least significant bit to record whether we have already
7762 processed this entry. */
7768 unsigned int tls_m
= ((tls_mask
& TLS_TLS
) != 0
7769 ? tls_mask
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
7770 | TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)
7773 if (offp
== &htab
->tlsld_got
.offset
)
7775 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7776 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7779 /* We might have multiple got entries for this sym.
7780 Initialize them all. */
7785 if ((tls_m
& TLS_LD
) != 0)
7787 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
;
7790 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7792 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
;
7795 else if ((tls_m
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7797 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
;
7798 tls_m
&= ~TLS_DTPREL
;
7800 else if ((tls_m
& (TLS_TPREL
| TLS_GDIE
)) != 0)
7802 tls_ty
= TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
;
7806 /* Generate relocs for the dynamic linker. */
7808 || (bfd_link_pic (info
)
7810 || !UNDEFWEAK_NO_DYNAMIC_RELOC (info
, h
))
7812 && bfd_link_executable (info
)
7813 && SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))))
7815 asection
*rsec
= htab
->elf
.srelgot
;
7820 rsec
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
7822 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7823 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
7824 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
7826 outrel
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7827 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7829 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7830 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7832 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPMOD32
);
7833 if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7835 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7836 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7837 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7838 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
,
7840 outrel
.r_offset
+= 4;
7842 = ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7845 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7846 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_DTPREL32
);
7847 else if (tls_ty
== (TLS_TLS
| TLS_TPREL
))
7848 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_TPREL32
);
7850 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
);
7851 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
7852 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
7854 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
7855 if (indx
== 0 && tls_ty
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7857 outrel
.r_addend
+= relocation
;
7858 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_GD
| TLS_DTPREL
| TLS_TPREL
))
7860 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7861 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
7863 outrel
.r_addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
;
7866 loc
= rsec
->contents
;
7867 loc
+= (rsec
->reloc_count
++
7868 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
7869 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
7872 /* Init the .got section contents if we're not
7873 emitting a reloc. */
7876 bfd_vma value
= relocation
;
7880 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
== NULL
)
7884 if (tls_ty
& TLS_LD
)
7887 value
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7888 if (tls_ty
& TLS_TPREL
)
7889 value
+= DTP_OFFSET
- TP_OFFSET
;
7892 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7894 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7895 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
+ 4);
7899 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, value
,
7900 htab
->elf
.sgot
->contents
+ off
);
7904 if (tls_ty
& (TLS_LD
| TLS_GD
))
7913 if (off
>= (bfd_vma
) -2)
7916 if ((tls_type
& TLS_TLS
) != 0)
7918 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_LD
))
7920 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_LD
) != 0
7921 && !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
7923 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_GD
))
7925 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_GD
) != 0)
7927 if (tls_type
!= (TLS_TLS
| TLS_DTPREL
))
7929 if ((tls_mask
& TLS_DTPREL
) != 0)
7936 /* If here for a picfixup, we're done. */
7937 if (r_type
!= ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
7940 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
->vma
7941 + htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_offset
7943 - SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
));
7945 /* Addends on got relocations don't make much sense.
7946 x+off@got is actually x@got+off, and since the got is
7947 generated by a hash table traversal, the value in the
7948 got at entry m+n bears little relation to the entry m. */
7950 info
->callbacks
->einfo
7951 /* xgettext:c-format */
7952 (_("%H: non-zero addend on %s reloc against `%s'\n"),
7953 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7959 /* Relocations that need no special processing. */
7960 case R_PPC_LOCAL24PC
:
7961 /* It makes no sense to point a local relocation
7962 at a symbol not in this object. */
7963 if (unresolved_reloc
)
7965 (*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
) (info
,
7966 h
->root
.root
.string
,
7973 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& bfd_link_pic (info
))
7975 /* @local on an ifunc does not really make sense since
7976 the ifunc resolver can take you anywhere. More
7977 seriously, calls to ifuncs must go through a plt call
7978 stub, and for pic the plt call stubs uses r30 to
7979 access the PLT. The problem is that a call that is
7980 local won't have the +32k reloc addend trick marking
7981 -fPIC code, so the linker won't know whether r30 is
7982 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ or pointing into a .got2 section. */
7983 /* xgettext:c-format */
7984 info
->callbacks
->einfo (_("%X%H: @local call to ifunc %s\n"),
7985 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
7986 h
->root
.root
.string
);
7990 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
7991 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
7992 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HI
:
7993 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
7994 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
7995 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
7998 /* Relocations that may need to be propagated if this is a shared
8001 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8002 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HI
:
8003 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8005 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
8006 && h
->dynindx
== -1)
8008 /* Make this relocation against an undefined weak symbol
8009 resolve to zero. This is really just a tweak, since
8010 code using weak externs ought to check that they are
8011 defined before using them. */
8012 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
;
8013 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8014 insn
= _bfd_elf_ppc_at_tprel_transform (insn
, 2);
8016 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, p
);
8019 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8020 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8021 /* The TPREL16 relocs shouldn't really be used in shared
8022 libs or with non-local symbols as that will result in
8023 DT_TEXTREL being set, but support them anyway. */
8027 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8028 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
8031 case R_PPC_DTPREL32
:
8032 if (htab
->elf
.tls_sec
!= NULL
)
8033 addend
-= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
8036 case R_PPC_DTPMOD32
:
8042 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
8043 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
8044 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8045 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8049 if (h
== NULL
|| h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8055 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8056 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HI
:
8057 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8062 case R_PPC_VLE_REL8
:
8063 case R_PPC_VLE_REL15
:
8064 case R_PPC_VLE_REL24
:
8067 case R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
:
8068 case R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
:
8069 /* If these relocations are not to a named symbol, they can be
8070 handled right here, no need to bother the dynamic linker. */
8071 if (SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
8072 || h
== htab
->elf
.hgot
)
8078 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRTAKEN
:
8079 case R_PPC_ADDR14_BRNTAKEN
:
8080 if (h
!= NULL
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
))
8085 if ((input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0
8089 if (bfd_link_pic (info
)
8091 || ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
)
8092 && ((h
!= NULL
&& pc_dynrelocs (h
))
8093 || must_be_dyn_reloc (info
, r_type
)))
8095 && ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->dyn_relocs
!= NULL
))
8103 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_relocate_section needs to "
8104 "create relocation for %s\n",
8105 (h
&& h
->root
.root
.string
8106 ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "<unknown>"));
8109 /* When generating a shared object, these relocations
8110 are copied into the output file to be resolved at run
8113 outrel
.r_offset
= _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
,
8116 if (outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -1
8117 || outrel
.r_offset
== (bfd_vma
) -2)
8118 skip
= (int) outrel
.r_offset
;
8119 outrel
.r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8120 + input_section
->output_offset
);
8122 /* Optimize unaligned reloc use. */
8123 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) != 0)
8124 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR32
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 3) == 0))
8125 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR32
^ R_PPC_UADDR32
;
8126 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_ADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) != 0)
8127 || (r_type
== R_PPC_UADDR16
&& (outrel
.r_offset
& 1) == 0))
8128 r_type
^= R_PPC_ADDR16
^ R_PPC_UADDR16
;
8131 memset (&outrel
, 0, sizeof outrel
);
8132 else if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8135 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= -1);
8136 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8137 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8138 outrel
.r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8142 outrel
.r_addend
= relocation
+ rel
->r_addend
;
8144 if (r_type
!= R_PPC_ADDR32
)
8148 /* If we get here when building a static
8149 executable, then the libc startup function
8150 responsible for applying indirect function
8151 relocations is going to complain about
8153 If we get here when building a dynamic
8154 executable, it will be because we have
8155 a text relocation. The dynamic loader
8156 will set the text segment writable and
8157 non-executable to apply text relocations.
8158 So we'll segfault when trying to run the
8159 indirection function to resolve the reloc. */
8160 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8161 /* xgettext:c-format */
8162 (_("%H: relocation %s for indirect "
8163 "function %s unsupported\n"),
8164 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8169 else if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
|| bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
8171 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
8173 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8180 /* We are turning this relocation into one
8181 against a section symbol. It would be
8182 proper to subtract the symbol's value,
8183 osec->vma, from the emitted reloc addend,
8184 but ld.so expects buggy relocs.
8185 FIXME: Why not always use a zero index? */
8186 osec
= sec
->output_section
;
8187 if ((osec
->flags
& SEC_THREAD_LOCAL
) != 0)
8189 osec
= htab
->elf
.tls_sec
;
8194 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8197 osec
= htab
->elf
.text_index_section
;
8198 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
8200 BFD_ASSERT (indx
!= 0);
8203 /* ld.so doesn't expect buggy TLS relocs.
8204 Don't leave the symbol value in the
8206 if (IS_PPC_TLS_RELOC (r_type
))
8207 outrel
.r_addend
-= osec
->vma
;
8210 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, r_type
);
8212 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8213 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
8215 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
8218 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
8221 sreloc
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
8223 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8224 else if (is_static_defined (h
))
8225 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
8230 loc
= sreloc
->contents
;
8231 loc
+= sreloc
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
8232 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
8237 /* This reloc will be computed at runtime. Clear the memory
8238 so that it contains a predictable value for prelink. */
8241 relocation
= howto
->pc_relative
? outrel
.r_offset
: 0;
8248 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLT
:
8249 case R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
:
8252 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8253 bfd_vma got2_addend
= 0;
8255 if (r_type
== R_PPC_RELAX_PLTREL24
)
8257 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8258 got2_addend
= addend
;
8261 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
, got2_addend
);
8262 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8263 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8264 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8265 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8267 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8268 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8277 size_t insn_offset
= rel
->r_offset
;
8280 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8282 relocation
-= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
8283 + input_section
->output_offset
8284 + rel
->r_offset
- 4);
8285 stub
= shared_stub_entry
;
8286 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[0], contents
+ insn_offset
- 12);
8287 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[1], contents
+ insn_offset
- 8);
8288 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, stub
[2], contents
+ insn_offset
- 4);
8290 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (shared_stub_entry
) - 3;
8295 size
= ARRAY_SIZE (stub_entry
);
8298 relocation
+= addend
;
8299 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
))
8302 /* First insn is HA, second is LO. */
8304 insn
|= ((relocation
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
8305 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8309 insn
|= relocation
& 0xffff;
8310 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8318 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ insn_offset
);
8322 /* Rewrite the reloc and convert one of the trailing nop
8323 relocs to describe this relocation. */
8324 BFD_ASSERT (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
) == R_PPC_NONE
);
8325 /* The relocs are at the bottom 2 bytes */
8326 wrel
->r_offset
= rel
->r_offset
+ d_offset
;
8327 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
8328 wrel
->r_addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8329 memmove (wrel
+ 1, wrel
, (relend
- wrel
- 1) * sizeof (*wrel
));
8331 wrel
->r_offset
+= 4;
8332 wrel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
8336 /* Indirect .sdata relocation. */
8337 case R_PPC_EMB_SDAI16
:
8338 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[0].section
!= NULL
);
8339 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[0].sym
))
8341 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8345 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[0],
8346 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8350 /* Indirect .sdata2 relocation. */
8351 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2I16
:
8352 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sdata
[1].section
!= NULL
);
8353 if (!is_static_defined (htab
->sdata
[1].sym
))
8355 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8359 = elf_finish_pointer_linker_section (input_bfd
, &htab
->sdata
[1],
8360 h
, relocation
, rel
);
8364 /* Handle the TOC16 reloc. We want to use the offset within the .got
8365 section, not the actual VMA. This is appropriate when generating
8366 an embedded ELF object, for which the .got section acts like the
8367 AIX .toc section. */
8368 case R_PPC_TOC16
: /* phony GOT16 relocations */
8369 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8371 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8374 BFD_ASSERT (strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".got") == 0
8375 || strcmp (bfd_section_name (sec
), ".cgot") == 0);
8377 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ 0x8000;
8380 case R_PPC_PLTREL24
:
8381 if (h
!= NULL
&& ifunc
== NULL
)
8383 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8385 ent
= find_plt_ent (&h
->plt
.plist
, got2
,
8386 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8388 || htab
->elf
.splt
== NULL
)
8390 /* We didn't make a PLT entry for this symbol. This
8391 happens when statically linking PIC code, or when
8392 using -Bsymbolic. */
8396 /* Relocation is to the entry for this symbol in the
8397 procedure linkage table. */
8398 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8399 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
)
8400 relocation
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
8401 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
8402 + ent
->glink_offset
);
8404 relocation
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
8405 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
8410 /* R_PPC_PLTREL24 is rather special. If non-zero, the
8411 addend specifies the GOT pointer offset within .got2.
8412 Don't apply it to the relocation field. */
8418 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8419 case R_PPC_PLT16_HI
:
8420 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8423 plt_list
= &h
->plt
.plist
;
8424 else if (ifunc
!= NULL
)
8426 else if (local_got_offsets
!= NULL
)
8428 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
;
8429 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) (local_got_offsets
8430 + symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
8431 plt_list
= local_plt
+ r_symndx
;
8433 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8434 if (plt_list
!= NULL
)
8436 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
8438 ent
= find_plt_ent (plt_list
, got2
,
8439 bfd_link_pic (info
) ? addend
: 0);
8440 if (ent
!= NULL
&& ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
8444 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8445 plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
8446 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
8448 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
8451 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
8453 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
8455 relocation
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
8456 + plt
->output_offset
8458 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
8462 if (ent
->addend
>= 32768)
8464 + ent
->sec
->output_section
->vma
8465 + ent
->sec
->output_offset
);
8467 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
8475 /* Relocate against _SDA_BASE_. */
8476 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8479 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8482 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8483 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8485 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8488 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8490 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8491 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8492 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0))
8495 /* xgettext:c-format */
8496 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8497 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8506 /* Relocate against _SDA2_BASE_. */
8507 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA2REL
:
8510 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8513 || sec
->output_section
== NULL
8514 || !is_static_defined (sda
))
8516 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8519 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8521 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8522 if (!(strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8523 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0))
8526 /* xgettext:c-format */
8527 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8528 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8537 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16A
:
8538 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8539 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8540 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8541 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8544 case R_PPC_VLE_LO16D
:
8545 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8546 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8547 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8548 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8551 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16A
:
8552 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8553 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8554 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8555 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8558 case R_PPC_VLE_HI16D
:
8559 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
) >> 16;
8560 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8561 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8562 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8565 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16A
:
8566 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8567 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8568 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8569 split16a_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8572 case R_PPC_VLE_HA16D
:
8573 relocation
= (relocation
+ addend
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8574 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8575 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
,
8576 split16d_type
, htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8579 /* Relocate against either _SDA_BASE_, _SDA2_BASE_, or 0. */
8580 case R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
:
8581 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
:
8582 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
:
8583 case R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
:
8588 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8590 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8592 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8596 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8597 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8598 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8601 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8603 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8604 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8607 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8609 else if (strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sdata0") == 0
8610 || strcmp (name
, ".PPC.EMB.sbss0") == 0)
8617 /* xgettext:c-format */
8618 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8619 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8625 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8632 if (!is_static_defined (sda
))
8634 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8637 addend
-= SYM_VAL (sda
);
8640 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_RELSDA
)
8643 /* The PowerPC Embedded Application Binary Interface
8644 version 1.0 insanely chose to specify R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
8645 operating on a 24-bit field at r_offset. GNU as and
8646 GNU ld have always assumed R_PPC_EMB_SDA21 operates on
8647 a 32-bit bit insn at r_offset. Cope with object file
8648 producers that possibly comply with the EABI in
8649 generating an odd r_offset for big-endian objects. */
8650 if (r_type
== R_PPC_EMB_SDA21
)
8651 rel
->r_offset
&= ~1;
8653 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8655 && (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8656 || r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21_LO
))
8658 relocation
= relocation
+ addend
;
8661 /* Force e_li insn, keeping RT from original insn. */
8665 /* We have an li20 field, bits 17..20, 11..15, 21..31. */
8666 /* Top 4 bits of value to 17..20. */
8667 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf0000) >> 5;
8668 /* Next 5 bits of the value to 11..15. */
8669 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xf800) << 5;
8670 /* And the final 11 bits of the value to bits 21 to 31. */
8671 insn
|= relocation
& 0x7ff;
8673 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8675 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDA21
8676 && ((relocation
+ 0x80000) & 0xffffffff) > 0x100000)
8680 /* Fill in register field. */
8681 insn
= (insn
& ~RA_REGISTER_MASK
) | (reg
<< RA_REGISTER_SHIFT
);
8682 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
8686 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
:
8687 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
:
8688 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
:
8689 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
:
8690 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
:
8691 case R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
:
8695 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sda
= NULL
;
8697 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8699 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8703 name
= bfd_section_name (sec
->output_section
);
8704 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
8705 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
8706 sda
= htab
->sdata
[0].sym
;
8707 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata2") == 0
8708 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss2") == 0)
8709 sda
= htab
->sdata
[1].sym
;
8713 /* xgettext:c-format */
8714 (_("%pB: the target (%s) of a %s relocation is "
8715 "in the wrong output section (%s)"),
8721 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8726 if (sda
== NULL
|| !is_static_defined (sda
))
8728 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8731 value
= relocation
+ addend
- SYM_VAL (sda
);
8733 if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16A
)
8734 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8735 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8737 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8738 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_LO16D
)
8739 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8740 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8742 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8743 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16A
)
8745 value
= value
>> 16;
8746 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8747 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8749 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8751 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HI16D
)
8753 value
= value
>> 16;
8754 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8755 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8757 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8759 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16A
)
8761 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8762 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8763 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8765 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8767 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_VLE_SDAREL_HA16D
)
8769 value
= (value
+ 0x8000) >> 16;
8770 ppc_elf_vle_split16 (input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8771 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, value
,
8773 htab
->params
->vle_reloc_fixup
);
8778 case R_PPC_VLE_ADDR20
:
8779 ppc_elf_vle_split20 (output_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
, relocation
);
8782 /* Relocate against the beginning of the section. */
8784 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8785 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HI
:
8786 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8787 if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->output_section
== NULL
)
8789 unresolved_reloc
= TRUE
;
8792 addend
-= sec
->output_section
->vma
;
8795 /* Negative relocations. */
8796 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR32
:
8797 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16
:
8798 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_LO
:
8799 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HI
:
8800 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8801 addend
-= 2 * relocation
;
8805 case R_PPC_GLOB_DAT
:
8806 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
8807 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
8808 case R_PPC_IRELATIVE
:
8810 case R_PPC_PLTREL32
:
8812 case R_PPC_EMB_RELSEC16
:
8813 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_LO
:
8814 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HI
:
8815 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8816 case R_PPC_EMB_BIT_FLD
:
8817 /* xgettext:c-format */
8818 _bfd_error_handler (_("%pB: %s unsupported"),
8819 input_bfd
, howto
->name
);
8821 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation
);
8832 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8834 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
8835 unsigned int insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, p
);
8837 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
| insn
, p
);
8838 unresolved_reloc
= save_unresolved_reloc
;
8839 r_type
= R_PPC_REL24
;
8840 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8842 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8843 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8844 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8845 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8850 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8851 case R_PPC_PLT16_LO
:
8852 if (unresolved_reloc
)
8854 bfd_byte
*p
= contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3);
8855 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
8856 unresolved_reloc
= FALSE
;
8857 r_type
= R_PPC_NONE
;
8858 howto
= ppc_elf_howto_table
[r_type
];
8860 else if (htab
->plt_type
!= PLT_NEW
)
8861 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8862 (_("%X%P: %H: %s relocation unsupported for bss-plt\n"),
8863 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8868 /* Do any further special processing. */
8874 case R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
:
8875 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
8876 case R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
:
8877 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_HA
:
8878 case R_PPC_TPREL16_HA
:
8879 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_HA
:
8880 case R_PPC_EMB_NADDR16_HA
:
8881 case R_PPC_EMB_RELST_HA
:
8882 /* It's just possible that this symbol is a weak symbol
8883 that's not actually defined anywhere. In that case,
8884 'sec' would be NULL, and we should leave the symbol
8885 alone (it will be set to zero elsewhere in the link). */
8890 case R_PPC_PLT16_HA
:
8891 case R_PPC_GOT16_HA
:
8892 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_HA
:
8893 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_HA
:
8894 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_HA
:
8895 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_HA
:
8896 /* Add 0x10000 if sign bit in 0:15 is set.
8897 Bits 0:15 are not used. */
8902 case R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
:
8904 case R_PPC_GOT16_LO
:
8905 case R_PPC_SDAREL16
:
8907 case R_PPC_SECTOFF_LO
:
8908 case R_PPC_DTPREL16
:
8909 case R_PPC_DTPREL16_LO
:
8911 case R_PPC_TPREL16_LO
:
8912 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16
:
8913 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSGD16_LO
:
8914 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16
:
8915 case R_PPC_GOT_TLSLD16_LO
:
8916 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16
:
8917 case R_PPC_GOT_DTPREL16_LO
:
8918 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16
:
8919 case R_PPC_GOT_TPREL16_LO
:
8921 /* The 32-bit ABI lacks proper relocations to deal with
8922 certain 64-bit instructions. Prevent damage to bits
8923 that make up part of the insn opcode. */
8924 unsigned int insn
, mask
, lobit
;
8926 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
,
8927 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
- d_offset
);
8929 if (is_insn_ds_form (insn
))
8931 else if (is_insn_dq_form (insn
))
8935 relocation
+= addend
;
8936 addend
= insn
& mask
;
8937 lobit
= mask
& relocation
;
8940 relocation
^= lobit
;
8941 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8942 /* xgettext:c-format */
8943 (_("%H: error: %s against `%s' not a multiple of %u\n"),
8944 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8945 howto
->name
, sym_name
, mask
+ 1);
8946 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8954 fprintf (stderr
, "\ttype = %s (%d), name = %s, symbol index = %ld, "
8955 "offset = %ld, addend = %ld\n",
8960 (long) rel
->r_offset
,
8964 if (unresolved_reloc
8965 && !((input_section
->flags
& SEC_DEBUGGING
) != 0
8967 && _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
,
8968 rel
->r_offset
) != (bfd_vma
) -1)
8970 info
->callbacks
->einfo
8971 /* xgettext:c-format */
8972 (_("%H: unresolvable %s relocation against symbol `%s'\n"),
8973 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
8979 /* 16-bit fields in insns mostly have signed values, but a
8980 few insns have 16-bit unsigned values. Really, we should
8981 have different reloc types. */
8982 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain_overflow_dont
8983 && howto
->dst_mask
== 0xffff
8984 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) != 0)
8986 enum complain_overflow complain
= complain_overflow_signed
;
8988 if ((elf_section_flags (input_section
) & SHF_PPC_VLE
) == 0)
8992 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ (rel
->r_offset
& ~3));
8993 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 10u << 26 /* cmpli */)
8994 complain
= complain_overflow_bitfield
;
8995 else if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 28u << 26 /* andi */
8996 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 24u << 26 /* ori */
8997 || (insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == 26u << 26 /* xori */)
8998 complain
= complain_overflow_unsigned
;
9000 if (howto
->complain_on_overflow
!= complain
)
9003 alt_howto
.complain_on_overflow
= complain
;
9008 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL16DX_HA
)
9010 /* Split field reloc isn't handled by _bfd_final_link_relocate. */
9011 if (rel
->r_offset
+ 4 > input_section
->size
)
9012 r
= bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
9017 relocation
+= addend
;
9018 relocation
-= (rel
->r_offset
9019 + input_section
->output_offset
9020 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
);
9022 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9024 insn
|= (relocation
& 0xffc1) | ((relocation
& 0x3e) << 15);
9025 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
9030 r
= _bfd_final_link_relocate (howto
, input_bfd
, input_section
, contents
,
9031 rel
->r_offset
, relocation
, addend
);
9033 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
9035 if (r
== bfd_reloc_overflow
)
9038 /* On code like "if (foo) foo();" don't report overflow
9039 on a branch to zero when foo is undefined. */
9042 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
9043 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
)
9044 && is_branch_reloc (r_type
)))
9045 info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
9046 (info
, (h
? &h
->root
: NULL
), sym_name
, howto
->name
,
9047 rel
->r_addend
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
9051 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9052 /* xgettext:c-format */
9053 (_("%H: %s reloc against `%s': error %d\n"),
9054 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
,
9055 howto
->name
, sym_name
, (int) r
);
9066 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
9067 size_t deleted
= rel
- wrel
;
9069 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
->output_section
);
9070 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9071 if (rel_hdr
->sh_size
== 0)
9073 /* It is too late to remove an empty reloc section. Leave
9075 ??? What is wrong with an empty section??? */
9076 rel_hdr
->sh_size
= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
;
9081 rel_hdr
= _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (input_section
);
9082 rel_hdr
->sh_size
-= rel_hdr
->sh_entsize
* deleted
;
9083 input_section
->reloc_count
-= deleted
;
9087 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9090 if (input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9091 && input_section
->size
!= input_section
->rawsize
9092 && (strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".init") == 0
9093 || strcmp (input_section
->output_section
->name
, ".fini") == 0))
9095 /* Branch around the trampolines. */
9096 unsigned int insn
= B
+ input_section
->size
- input_section
->rawsize
;
9097 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ input_section
->rawsize
);
9100 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
9101 && input_section
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_TARGET
9102 && (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
)
9103 || (input_section
->output_section
->alignment_power
9104 >= htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
)))
9106 bfd_vma start_addr
, end_addr
, addr
;
9107 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
9109 if (relax_info
->workaround_size
!= 0)
9115 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, BA
, fill
);
9116 p
= contents
+ input_section
->size
- relax_info
->workaround_size
;
9117 n
= relax_info
->workaround_size
>> 2;
9120 memcpy (p
, fill
, 4);
9125 /* The idea is: Replace the last instruction on a page with a
9126 branch to a patch area. Put the insn there followed by a
9127 branch back to the next page. Complicated a little by
9128 needing to handle moved conditional branches, and by not
9129 wanting to touch data-in-text. */
9131 start_addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
9132 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9133 end_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9134 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9135 for (addr
= ((start_addr
& -pagesize
) + pagesize
- 4);
9139 bfd_vma offset
= addr
- start_addr
;
9140 Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo
, *hi
;
9141 bfd_boolean is_data
;
9142 bfd_vma patch_off
, patch_addr
;
9145 /* Do we have a data reloc at this offset? If so, leave
9153 rel
= lo
+ (hi
- lo
) / 2;
9154 if (rel
->r_offset
< offset
)
9156 else if (rel
->r_offset
> offset
+ 3)
9160 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rel
->r_info
))
9177 /* Some instructions can be left alone too. Unconditional
9178 branches, except for bcctr with BO=0x14 (bctr, bctrl),
9179 avoid the icache failure.
9181 The problem occurs due to prefetch across a page boundary
9182 where stale instructions can be fetched from the next
9183 page, and the mechanism for flushing these bad
9184 instructions fails under certain circumstances. The
9185 unconditional branches:
9186 1) Branch: b, bl, ba, bla,
9187 2) Branch Conditional: bc, bca, bcl, bcla,
9188 3) Branch Conditional to Link Register: bclr, bclrl,
9189 where (2) and (3) have BO=0x14 making them unconditional,
9190 prevent the bad prefetch because the prefetch itself is
9191 affected by these instructions. This happens even if the
9192 instruction is not executed.
9197 . addi 9,9,new_page@l
9204 The bctr is not predicted taken due to ctr not being
9205 ready, so prefetch continues on past the bctr into the
9206 new page which might have stale instructions. If they
9207 fail to be flushed, then they will be executed after the
9208 bctr executes. Either of the following modifications
9209 prevent the bad prefetch from happening in the first
9212 . lis 9,new_page@ha lis 9,new_page@ha
9213 . addi 9,9,new_page@l addi 9,9,new_page@l
9216 . nop b somewhere_else
9217 . b somewhere_else nop
9218 . new_page: new_page:
9220 insn
= bfd_get_32 (input_bfd
, contents
+ offset
);
9221 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (18u << 26) /* b,bl,ba,bla */
9222 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc,bcl,bca,bcla*/
9223 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)) /* with BO=0x14 */
9224 || ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (19u << 26)
9225 && (insn
& (0x3ff << 1)) == (16u << 1) /* bclr,bclrl */
9226 && (insn
& (0x14 << 21)) == (0x14 << 21)))/* with BO=0x14 */
9229 patch_addr
= (start_addr
+ input_section
->size
9230 - relax_info
->workaround_size
);
9231 patch_addr
= (patch_addr
+ 15) & -16;
9232 patch_off
= patch_addr
- start_addr
;
9233 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, B
+ patch_off
- offset
, contents
+ offset
);
9236 && rel
->r_offset
>= offset
9237 && rel
->r_offset
< offset
+ 4)
9241 /* If the insn we are patching had a reloc, adjust the
9242 reloc r_offset so that the reloc applies to the moved
9243 location. This matters for -r and --emit-relocs. */
9244 if (rel
+ 1 != relend
)
9246 Elf_Internal_Rela tmp
= *rel
;
9248 /* Keep the relocs sorted by r_offset. */
9249 memmove (rel
, rel
+ 1, (relend
- (rel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*rel
));
9252 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9254 /* Adjust REL16 addends too. */
9255 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
))
9258 case R_PPC_REL16_LO
:
9259 case R_PPC_REL16_HI
:
9260 case R_PPC_REL16_HA
:
9261 relend
[-1].r_addend
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9267 /* If we are building a PIE or shared library with
9268 non-PIC objects, perhaps we had a dynamic reloc too?
9269 If so, the dynamic reloc must move with the insn. */
9270 sreloc
= elf_section_data (input_section
)->sreloc
;
9273 Elf32_External_Rela
*slo
, *shi
, *srelend
;
9276 slo
= (Elf32_External_Rela
*) sreloc
->contents
;
9277 shi
= srelend
= slo
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
;
9278 soffset
= (offset
+ input_section
->output_section
->vma
9279 + input_section
->output_offset
);
9282 Elf32_External_Rela
*srel
= slo
+ (shi
- slo
) / 2;
9283 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, (bfd_byte
*) srel
,
9285 if (outrel
.r_offset
< soffset
)
9287 else if (outrel
.r_offset
> soffset
+ 3)
9291 if (srel
+ 1 != srelend
)
9293 memmove (srel
, srel
+ 1,
9294 (srelend
- (srel
+ 1)) * sizeof (*srel
));
9297 outrel
.r_offset
+= patch_off
- offset
;
9298 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &outrel
,
9308 if ((insn
& (0x3f << 26)) == (16u << 26) /* bc */
9309 && (insn
& 2) == 0 /* relative */)
9311 bfd_vma delta
= ((insn
& 0xfffc) ^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
9313 delta
+= offset
- patch_off
;
9314 if (bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9316 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info
) && rel
!= NULL
)
9318 enum elf_ppc_reloc_type r_type
;
9320 r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9321 if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
)
9322 insn
|= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9323 else if (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9324 insn
&= ~BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9326 BFD_ASSERT (r_type
== R_PPC_REL14
);
9328 if ((r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRTAKEN
9329 || r_type
== R_PPC_REL14_BRNTAKEN
)
9330 && delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000
9331 && (bfd_signed_vma
) delta
< 0)
9332 insn
^= BRANCH_PREDICT_BIT
;
9334 if (delta
+ 0x8000 < 0x10000)
9336 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9337 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | (delta
& 0xfffc),
9338 contents
+ patch_off
);
9340 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9341 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9342 contents
+ patch_off
);
9349 unsigned int r_sym
= ELF32_R_SYM (relend
[-1].r_info
);
9351 relend
[-1].r_offset
+= 8;
9352 relend
[-1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_sym
, R_PPC_REL24
);
9354 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9355 (insn
& ~0xfffc) | 8,
9356 contents
+ patch_off
);
9358 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9359 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9360 contents
+ patch_off
);
9362 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9363 B
| ((delta
- 8) & 0x3fffffc),
9364 contents
+ patch_off
);
9370 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, insn
, contents
+ patch_off
);
9372 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
,
9373 B
| ((offset
+ 4 - patch_off
) & 0x3fffffc),
9374 contents
+ patch_off
);
9377 BFD_ASSERT (patch_off
<= input_section
->size
);
9378 relax_info
->workaround_size
= input_section
->size
- patch_off
;
9385 /* Write out the PLT relocs and entries for H. */
9388 write_global_sym_plt (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
9390 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) inf
;
9391 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9392 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9393 bfd_boolean doneone
;
9396 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9397 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9401 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9403 bfd_vma reloc_index
;
9404 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9405 asection
*relplt
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9407 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9408 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9409 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9410 reloc_index
= ent
->plt
.offset
/ 4;
9413 reloc_index
= ((ent
->plt
.offset
- htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
)
9414 / htab
->plt_slot_size
);
9415 if (reloc_index
> PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
9416 && htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9417 reloc_index
-= (reloc_index
- PLT_NUM_SINGLE_ENTRIES
) / 2;
9420 /* This symbol has an entry in the procedure linkage table.
9422 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_VXWORKS
9423 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9424 && h
->dynindx
!= -1)
9427 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
9429 /* The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved. */
9430 got_offset
= (reloc_index
+ 3) * 4;
9432 /* Use the right PLT. */
9433 plt_entry
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt_entry
9434 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt_entry
;
9436 /* Fill in the .plt on VxWorks. */
9437 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9439 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9440 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_offset
),
9441 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9442 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9443 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_offset
),
9444 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9448 bfd_vma got_loc
= got_offset
+ SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9450 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9451 plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_loc
),
9452 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 0);
9453 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9454 plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_loc
),
9455 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 4);
9458 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2],
9459 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 8);
9460 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3],
9461 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 12);
9463 /* This instruction is an immediate load. The value loaded is
9464 the byte offset of the R_PPC_JMP_SLOT relocation from the
9465 start of the .rela.plt section. The value is stored in the
9466 low-order 16 bits of the load instruction. */
9467 /* NOTE: It appears that this is now an index rather than a
9468 prescaled offset. */
9469 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9470 plt_entry
[4] | reloc_index
,
9471 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16);
9472 /* This instruction is a PC-relative branch whose target is
9473 the start of the PLT section. The address of this branch
9474 instruction is 20 bytes beyond the start of this PLT entry.
9475 The address is encoded in bits 6-29, inclusive. The value
9476 stored is right-shifted by two bits, permitting a 26-bit
9478 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
,
9480 | (-(ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20) & 0x03fffffc)),
9481 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 20);
9482 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6],
9483 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 24);
9484 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7],
9485 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
+ 28);
9487 /* Fill in the GOT entry corresponding to this PLT slot with
9488 the address immediately after the "bctr" instruction
9489 in this PLT entry. */
9490 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, (plt
->output_section
->vma
9491 + plt
->output_offset
9492 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16),
9493 htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->contents
+ got_offset
);
9495 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9497 /* Fill in a couple of entries in .rela.plt.unloaded. */
9498 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
9499 + ((VXWORKS_PLTRESOLVE_RELOCS
+ reloc_index
9500 * VXWORKS_PLT_NON_JMP_SLOT_RELOCS
)
9501 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9503 /* Provide the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
9504 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9505 + plt
->output_offset
9506 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 2);
9507 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9509 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9510 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9511 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9513 /* Provide the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
9514 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9515 + plt
->output_offset
9516 + ent
->plt
.offset
+ 6);
9517 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
,
9519 rela
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
9520 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9521 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9523 /* Provide a relocation for the GOT entry corresponding to this
9524 PLT slot. Point it at the middle of the .plt entry. */
9525 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9526 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9528 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
,
9530 rela
.r_addend
= ent
->plt
.offset
+ 16;
9531 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9534 /* VxWorks uses non-standard semantics for R_PPC_JMP_SLOT.
9535 In particular, the offset for the relocation is not the
9536 address of the PLT entry for this function, as specified
9537 by the ABI. Instead, the offset is set to the address of
9538 the GOT slot for this function. See EABI 4.4.4.1. */
9539 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
9540 + htab
->elf
.sgotplt
->output_offset
9547 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9548 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9550 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9552 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9553 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9557 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9558 relplt
= bfd_link_pic (info
) ? htab
->relpltlocal
: NULL
;
9561 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9562 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
))
9563 rela
.r_addend
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9568 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9569 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, rela
.r_addend
, loc
);
9573 rela
.r_offset
= (plt
->output_section
->vma
9574 + plt
->output_offset
9577 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
9578 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9579 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9581 /* We don't need to fill in the .plt. The ppc dynamic
9582 linker will fill it in. */
9586 bfd_vma val
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
+ ent
->plt
.offset
9587 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
9588 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
9589 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
,
9590 plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
);
9597 /* Fill in the entry in the .rela.plt section. */
9598 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9599 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9601 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9602 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9604 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9605 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9606 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9607 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9611 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
);
9612 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (reloc_index
9613 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9614 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& is_static_defined (h
))
9615 htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9617 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9622 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_NEW
9623 || !htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9624 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9627 asection
*plt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
9629 if (!htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
9630 || h
->dynindx
== -1)
9632 if (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9633 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9638 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9639 write_glink_stub (h
, ent
, plt
, p
, info
);
9641 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
9642 /* We only need one non-PIC glink stub. */
9651 /* Finish up PLT handling. */
9654 ppc_finish_symbols (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9656 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9662 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->elf
, write_global_sym_plt
, info
);
9664 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
!= NULL
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9666 bfd_vma
*local_got
, *end_local_got
;
9667 struct plt_entry
**local_plt
, **lplt
, **end_local_plt
;
9668 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
9669 bfd_size_type locsymcount
;
9670 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
= NULL
;
9671 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9673 if (!is_ppc_elf (ibfd
))
9676 local_got
= elf_local_got_offsets (ibfd
);
9680 symtab_hdr
= &elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd
);
9681 locsymcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
9682 end_local_got
= local_got
+ locsymcount
;
9683 local_plt
= (struct plt_entry
**) end_local_got
;
9684 end_local_plt
= local_plt
+ locsymcount
;
9685 for (lplt
= local_plt
; lplt
< end_local_plt
; ++lplt
)
9686 for (ent
= *lplt
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9688 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9690 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9692 asection
*plt
, *relplt
;
9695 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9698 if (!get_sym_h (NULL
, &sym
, &sym_sec
, NULL
, &local_syms
,
9699 lplt
- local_plt
, ibfd
))
9701 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9702 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9707 val
= sym
->st_value
;
9708 if (sym_sec
!= NULL
&& sym_sec
->output_section
!= NULL
)
9709 val
+= sym_sec
->output_offset
+ sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
;
9711 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
9713 htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
= 1;
9714 plt
= htab
->elf
.iplt
;
9715 relplt
= htab
->elf
.irelplt
;
9716 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_IRELATIVE
);
9720 plt
= htab
->pltlocal
;
9721 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
9723 relplt
= htab
->relpltlocal
;
9724 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (0, R_PPC_RELATIVE
);
9728 loc
= plt
->contents
+ ent
->plt
.offset
;
9729 bfd_put_32 (info
->output_bfd
, val
, loc
);
9734 rela
.r_offset
= (ent
->plt
.offset
9735 + plt
->output_offset
9736 + plt
->output_section
->vma
);
9737 rela
.r_addend
= val
;
9738 loc
= relplt
->contents
+ (relplt
->reloc_count
++
9739 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
9740 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (info
->output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9742 p
= (unsigned char *) htab
->glink
->contents
+ ent
->glink_offset
;
9743 write_glink_stub (NULL
, ent
, htab
->elf
.iplt
, p
, info
);
9747 if (local_syms
!= NULL
9748 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) local_syms
)
9750 if (!info
->keep_memory
)
9753 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) local_syms
;
9759 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9760 dynamic sections here. */
9763 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9764 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9765 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
9766 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
9768 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9769 struct plt_entry
*ent
;
9772 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol called for %s",
9773 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9777 || (h
->type
== STT_GNU_IFUNC
&& !bfd_link_pic (info
)))
9778 for (ent
= h
->plt
.plist
; ent
!= NULL
; ent
= ent
->next
)
9779 if (ent
->plt
.offset
!= (bfd_vma
) -1)
9781 if (!h
->def_regular
)
9783 /* Mark the symbol as undefined, rather than as
9784 defined in the .plt section. Leave the value if
9785 there were any relocations where pointer equality
9786 matters (this is a clue for the dynamic linker, to
9787 make function pointer comparisons work between an
9788 application and shared library), otherwise set it
9790 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
9791 if (!h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
9793 else if (!h
->ref_regular_nonweak
)
9795 /* This breaks function pointer comparisons, but
9796 that is better than breaking tests for a NULL
9797 function pointer. */
9803 /* Set the value of ifunc symbols in a non-pie
9804 executable to the glink entry. This is to avoid
9805 text relocations. We can't do this for ifunc in
9806 allocate_dynrelocs, as we do for normal dynamic
9807 function symbols with plt entries, because we need
9808 to keep the original value around for the ifunc
9811 = (_bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
9812 (info
->output_bfd
, htab
->glink
->output_section
));
9813 sym
->st_value
= (ent
->glink_offset
9814 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
9815 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
);
9823 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
9826 /* This symbols needs a copy reloc. Set it up. */
9829 fprintf (stderr
, ", copy");
9832 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
9834 if (ppc_elf_hash_entry (h
)->has_sda_refs
)
9836 else if (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sdynrelro
)
9837 s
= htab
->elf
.sreldynrelro
;
9839 s
= htab
->elf
.srelbss
;
9840 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9842 rela
.r_offset
= SYM_VAL (h
);
9843 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_PPC_COPY
);
9845 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9846 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
9850 fprintf (stderr
, "\n");
9856 static enum elf_reloc_type_class
9857 ppc_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9858 const asection
*rel_sec
,
9859 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rela
)
9861 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9863 if (rel_sec
== htab
->elf
.irelplt
)
9864 return reloc_class_ifunc
;
9866 switch (ELF32_R_TYPE (rela
->r_info
))
9868 case R_PPC_RELATIVE
:
9869 return reloc_class_relative
;
9870 case R_PPC_JMP_SLOT
:
9871 return reloc_class_plt
;
9873 return reloc_class_copy
;
9875 return reloc_class_normal
;
9879 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
9882 ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9886 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9889 bfd_boolean ret
= TRUE
;
9892 fprintf (stderr
, "ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections called\n");
9895 htab
= ppc_elf_hash_table (info
);
9896 dynobj
= htab
->elf
.dynobj
;
9897 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
9900 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
!= NULL
)
9901 got
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
9903 if (htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
9905 Elf32_External_Dyn
*dyncon
, *dynconend
;
9907 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
&& sdyn
!= NULL
);
9909 dyncon
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) sdyn
->contents
;
9910 dynconend
= (Elf32_External_Dyn
*) (sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
);
9911 for (; dyncon
< dynconend
; dyncon
++)
9913 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
9916 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_in (dynobj
, dyncon
, &dyn
);
9921 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9922 s
= htab
->elf
.sgotplt
;
9925 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9929 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
->size
;
9933 s
= htab
->elf
.srelplt
;
9934 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
9938 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= got
;
9942 if (htab
->local_ifunc_resolver
)
9943 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9944 (_("%X%P: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9945 "functions will result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9946 else if (htab
->maybe_local_ifunc_resolver
)
9947 info
->callbacks
->einfo
9948 (_("%P: warning: text relocations and GNU indirect "
9949 "functions may result in a segfault at runtime\n"));
9953 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9954 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
9959 bfd_elf32_swap_dyn_out (output_bfd
, &dyn
, dyncon
);
9963 if (htab
->elf
.sgot
!= NULL
9964 && htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
9966 if (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgot
9967 || htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
== htab
->elf
.sgotplt
)
9969 unsigned char *p
= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->contents
;
9971 p
+= htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9972 if (htab
->plt_type
== PLT_OLD
)
9974 /* Add a blrl instruction at _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_-4
9975 so that a function can easily find the address of
9976 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
9977 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
- 4
9978 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9979 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, 0x4e800021, p
- 4);
9984 bfd_vma val
= sdyn
->output_section
->vma
+ sdyn
->output_offset
;
9985 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
9986 < htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->size
);
9987 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, val
, p
);
9992 /* xgettext:c-format */
9993 _bfd_error_handler (_("%s not defined in linker created %pA"),
9994 htab
->elf
.hgot
->root
.root
.string
,
9995 (htab
->elf
.sgotplt
!= NULL
9996 ? htab
->elf
.sgotplt
: htab
->elf
.sgot
));
9997 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
10001 elf_section_data (htab
->elf
.sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
= 4;
10004 /* Fill in the first entry in the VxWorks procedure linkage table. */
10005 if (htab
->is_vxworks
10006 && htab
->elf
.splt
!= NULL
10007 && htab
->elf
.splt
->size
!= 0
10008 && htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
!= bfd_abs_section_ptr
)
10010 asection
*splt
= htab
->elf
.splt
;
10011 /* Use the right PLT. */
10012 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= (bfd_link_pic (info
)
10013 ? ppc_elf_vxworks_pic_plt0_entry
10014 : ppc_elf_vxworks_plt0_entry
);
10016 if (!bfd_link_pic (info
))
10018 bfd_vma got_value
= SYM_VAL (htab
->elf
.hgot
);
10020 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | PPC_HA (got_value
),
10021 splt
->contents
+ 0);
10022 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | PPC_LO (got_value
),
10023 splt
->contents
+ 4);
10027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], splt
->contents
+ 0);
10028 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], splt
->contents
+ 4);
10030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], splt
->contents
+ 8);
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], splt
->contents
+ 12);
10032 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], splt
->contents
+ 16);
10033 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], splt
->contents
+ 20);
10034 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], splt
->contents
+ 24);
10035 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], splt
->contents
+ 28);
10037 if (! bfd_link_pic (info
))
10039 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
10042 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
10044 /* Output the @ha relocation for the first instruction. */
10045 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10046 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10048 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10050 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10051 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10053 /* Output the @l relocation for the second instruction. */
10054 rela
.r_offset
= (htab
->elf
.splt
->output_section
->vma
10055 + htab
->elf
.splt
->output_offset
10057 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10059 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
10060 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10062 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10063 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10064 in which symbols were output. */
10065 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
10067 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10069 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10070 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_HA
);
10071 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10072 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10074 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10075 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hgot
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR16_LO
);
10076 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10077 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10079 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
10080 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->elf
.hplt
->indx
, R_PPC_ADDR32
);
10081 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
10082 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
10087 if (htab
->glink
!= NULL
10088 && htab
->glink
->contents
!= NULL
10089 && htab
->elf
.dynamic_sections_created
)
10092 unsigned char *endp
;
10096 * PIC glink code is the following:
10098 * # ith PLT code stub.
10099 * addis 11,30,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@ha
10100 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4-got)@l(11)
10104 * # A table of branches, one for each plt entry.
10105 * # The idea is that the plt call stub loads ctr and r11 with these
10106 * # addresses, so (r11 - res_0) gives the plt index * 4.
10107 * res_0: b PLTresolve
10108 * res_1: b PLTresolve
10110 * # Some number of entries towards the end can be nops
10116 * addis 11,11,(1f-res_0)@ha
10119 * 1: addi 11,11,(1b-res_0)@l
10122 * sub 11,11,12 # r11 = index * 4
10123 * addis 12,12,(got+4-1b)@ha
10124 * lwz 0,(got+4-1b)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10125 * lwz 12,(got+8-1b)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10128 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10131 * Non-PIC glink code is a little simpler.
10133 * # ith PLT code stub.
10134 * lis 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@ha
10135 * lwz 11,(plt+(i-1)*4)@l(11)
10139 * The branch table is the same, then comes
10142 * lis 12,(got+4)@ha
10143 * addis 11,11,(-res_0)@ha
10144 * lwz 0,(got+4)@l(12) # got[1] address of dl_runtime_resolve
10145 * addi 11,11,(-res_0)@l # r11 = index * 4
10148 * lwz 12,(got+8)@l(12) # got[2] contains the map address
10149 * add 11,0,11 # r11 = index * 12 = reloc offset.
10153 /* Build the branch table, one for each plt entry (less one),
10154 and perhaps some padding. */
10155 p
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10156 p
+= htab
->glink_pltresolve
;
10157 endp
= htab
->glink
->contents
;
10158 endp
+= htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10159 while (p
< endp
- (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? 0 : 8 * 4))
10161 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
+ endp
- p
, p
);
10166 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, NOP
, p
);
10170 res0
= (htab
->glink_pltresolve
10171 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10172 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10174 if (htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
)
10176 /* Ensure that a call stub at the end of a page doesn't
10177 result in prefetch over the end of the page into the
10178 glink branch table. */
10179 bfd_vma pagesize
= (bfd_vma
) 1 << htab
->params
->pagesize_p2
;
10181 bfd_vma glink_start
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10182 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10184 for (page_addr
= res0
& -pagesize
;
10185 page_addr
> glink_start
;
10186 page_addr
-= pagesize
)
10188 /* We have a plt call stub that may need fixing. */
10192 loc
= htab
->glink
->contents
+ page_addr
- 4 - glink_start
;
10193 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
);
10196 /* By alignment, we know that there must be at least
10197 one other call stub before this one. */
10198 insn
= bfd_get_32 (output_bfd
, loc
- 16);
10200 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-16 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10202 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, B
| (-20 & 0x3fffffc), loc
);
10207 /* Last comes the PLTresolve stub. */
10208 endp
= p
+ GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
;
10209 if (bfd_link_pic (info
))
10213 bcl
= (htab
->glink
->size
- GLINK_PLTRESOLVE
+ 3*4
10214 + htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10215 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10217 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10219 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_0
, p
);
10221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCL_20_31
, p
);
10223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (bcl
- res0
), p
);
10225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MFLR_12
, p
);
10227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTLR_0
, p
);
10229 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, SUB_11_11_12
, p
);
10231 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_12_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10233 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4 - bcl
) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8 - bcl
))
10235 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10237 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8 - bcl
), p
);
10242 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4 - bcl
), p
);
10244 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10247 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10249 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10253 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LIS_12
+ PPC_HA (got
+ 4), p
);
10255 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDIS_11_11
+ PPC_HA (-res0
), p
);
10257 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10258 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10260 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZU_0_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 4), p
);
10262 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADDI_11_11
+ PPC_LO (-res0
), p
);
10264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, MTCTR_0
, p
);
10266 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_0_11_11
, p
);
10268 if (PPC_HA (got
+ 4) == PPC_HA (got
+ 8))
10269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ PPC_LO (got
+ 8), p
);
10271 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, LWZ_12_12
+ 4, p
);
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, ADD_11_0_11
, p
);
10276 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, BCTR
, p
);
10280 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
,
10281 htab
->params
->ppc476_workaround
? BA
: NOP
, p
);
10284 BFD_ASSERT (p
== endp
);
10287 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
!= NULL
10288 && htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
!= NULL
)
10290 unsigned char *p
= htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10293 p
+= sizeof (glink_eh_frame_cie
);
10298 /* Offset to .glink. */
10299 val
= (htab
->glink
->output_section
->vma
10300 + htab
->glink
->output_offset
);
10301 val
-= (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_section
->vma
10302 + htab
->glink_eh_frame
->output_offset
);
10303 val
-= p
- htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
;
10304 bfd_put_32 (htab
->elf
.dynobj
, val
, p
);
10306 if (htab
->glink_eh_frame
->sec_info_type
== SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME
10307 && !_bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame (output_bfd
, info
,
10308 htab
->glink_eh_frame
,
10309 htab
->glink_eh_frame
->contents
))
10316 #define TARGET_LITTLE_SYM powerpc_elf32_le_vec
10317 #define TARGET_LITTLE_NAME "elf32-powerpcle"
10318 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vec
10319 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc"
10320 #define ELF_ARCH bfd_arch_powerpc
10321 #define ELF_TARGET_ID PPC32_ELF_DATA
10322 #define ELF_MACHINE_CODE EM_PPC
10323 #define ELF_MAXPAGESIZE 0x10000
10324 #define ELF_COMMONPAGESIZE 0x1000
10325 #define ELF_RELROPAGESIZE ELF_MAXPAGESIZE
10326 #define elf_info_to_howto ppc_elf_info_to_howto
10328 #ifdef EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10329 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT1 EM_CYGNUS_POWERPC
10333 #define ELF_MACHINE_ALT2 EM_PPC_OLD
10336 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 1
10337 #define elf_backend_want_dynrelro 1
10338 #define elf_backend_can_gc_sections 1
10339 #define elf_backend_can_refcount 1
10340 #define elf_backend_rela_normal 1
10341 #define elf_backend_caches_rawsize 1
10343 #define bfd_elf32_mkobject ppc_elf_mkobject
10344 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_merge_private_bfd_data ppc_elf_merge_private_bfd_data
10345 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_relax_section ppc_elf_relax_section
10346 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_type_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_type_lookup
10347 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_reloc_name_lookup ppc_elf_reloc_name_lookup
10348 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_set_private_flags ppc_elf_set_private_flags
10349 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create
10350 #define bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab ppc_elf_get_synthetic_symtab
10352 #define elf_backend_object_p ppc_elf_object_p
10353 #define elf_backend_gc_mark_hook ppc_elf_gc_mark_hook
10354 #define elf_backend_section_from_shdr ppc_elf_section_from_shdr
10355 #define elf_backend_relocate_section ppc_elf_relocate_section
10356 #define elf_backend_create_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_create_dynamic_sections
10357 #define elf_backend_check_relocs ppc_elf_check_relocs
10358 #define elf_backend_relocs_compatible _bfd_elf_relocs_compatible
10359 #define elf_backend_copy_indirect_symbol ppc_elf_copy_indirect_symbol
10360 #define elf_backend_adjust_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol
10361 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook
10362 #define elf_backend_size_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_size_dynamic_sections
10363 #define elf_backend_hash_symbol ppc_elf_hash_symbol
10364 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_symbol ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol
10365 #define elf_backend_finish_dynamic_sections ppc_elf_finish_dynamic_sections
10366 #define elf_backend_fake_sections ppc_elf_fake_sections
10367 #define elf_backend_additional_program_headers ppc_elf_additional_program_headers
10368 #define elf_backend_modify_segment_map ppc_elf_modify_segment_map
10369 #define elf_backend_grok_prstatus ppc_elf_grok_prstatus
10370 #define elf_backend_grok_psinfo ppc_elf_grok_psinfo
10371 #define elf_backend_write_core_note ppc_elf_write_core_note
10372 #define elf_backend_reloc_type_class ppc_elf_reloc_type_class
10373 #define elf_backend_begin_write_processing ppc_elf_begin_write_processing
10374 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing ppc_elf_final_write_processing
10375 #define elf_backend_write_section ppc_elf_write_section
10376 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr
10377 #define elf_backend_plt_sym_val ppc_elf_plt_sym_val
10378 #define elf_backend_action_discarded ppc_elf_action_discarded
10379 #define elf_backend_init_index_section _bfd_elf_init_1_index_section
10380 #define elf_backend_lookup_section_flags_hook ppc_elf_lookup_section_flags
10382 #include "elf32-target.h"
10384 /* FreeBSD Target */
10386 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10387 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10389 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10390 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_fbsd_vec
10391 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10392 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-freebsd"
10395 #define ELF_OSABI ELFOSABI_FREEBSD
10398 #define elf32_bed elf32_powerpc_fbsd_bed
10400 #include "elf32-target.h"
10402 /* VxWorks Target */
10404 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_SYM
10405 #undef TARGET_LITTLE_NAME
10407 #undef TARGET_BIG_SYM
10408 #define TARGET_BIG_SYM powerpc_elf32_vxworks_vec
10409 #undef TARGET_BIG_NAME
10410 #define TARGET_BIG_NAME "elf32-powerpc-vxworks"
10414 /* VxWorks uses the elf default section flags for .plt. */
10415 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section
*
10416 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
10418 if (sec
->name
== NULL
)
10421 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".plt") == 0)
10422 return _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10424 return ppc_elf_get_sec_type_attr (abfd
, sec
);
10427 /* Like ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create, but overrides
10428 appropriately for VxWorks. */
10429 static struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
10430 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
10432 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
10434 ret
= ppc_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
10437 struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
10438 = (struct ppc_elf_link_hash_table
*)ret
;
10439 htab
->is_vxworks
= 1;
10440 htab
->plt_type
= PLT_VXWORKS
;
10441 htab
->plt_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10442 htab
->plt_slot_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10443 htab
->plt_initial_entry_size
= VXWORKS_PLT_INITIAL_ENTRY_SIZE
;
10448 /* Tweak magic VxWorks symbols as they are loaded. */
10450 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
,
10451 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10452 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
10453 const char **namep
,
10458 if (!elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
,
10462 return ppc_elf_add_symbol_hook (abfd
, info
, sym
, namep
, flagsp
, secp
, valp
);
10466 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
)
10468 ppc_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10469 return elf_vxworks_final_write_processing (abfd
);
10472 /* On VxWorks, we emit relocations against _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_, so
10474 #undef elf_backend_want_plt_sym
10475 #define elf_backend_want_plt_sym 1
10476 #undef elf_backend_want_got_plt
10477 #define elf_backend_want_got_plt 1
10478 #undef elf_backend_got_symbol_offset
10479 #define elf_backend_got_symbol_offset 0
10480 #undef elf_backend_plt_not_loaded
10481 #define elf_backend_plt_not_loaded 0
10482 #undef elf_backend_plt_readonly
10483 #define elf_backend_plt_readonly 1
10484 #undef elf_backend_got_header_size
10485 #define elf_backend_got_header_size 12
10486 #undef elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt
10487 #define elf_backend_dtrel_excludes_plt 1
10489 #undef bfd_elf32_get_synthetic_symtab
10491 #undef bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create
10492 #define bfd_elf32_bfd_link_hash_table_create \
10493 ppc_elf_vxworks_link_hash_table_create
10494 #undef elf_backend_add_symbol_hook
10495 #define elf_backend_add_symbol_hook \
10496 ppc_elf_vxworks_add_symbol_hook
10497 #undef elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook
10498 #define elf_backend_link_output_symbol_hook \
10499 elf_vxworks_link_output_symbol_hook
10500 #undef elf_backend_final_write_processing
10501 #define elf_backend_final_write_processing \
10502 ppc_elf_vxworks_final_write_processing
10503 #undef elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr
10504 #define elf_backend_get_sec_type_attr \
10505 ppc_elf_vxworks_get_sec_type_attr
10506 #undef elf_backend_emit_relocs
10507 #define elf_backend_emit_relocs \
10508 elf_vxworks_emit_relocs
10511 #define elf32_bed ppc_elf_vxworks_bed
10512 #undef elf_backend_post_process_headers
10514 #include "elf32-target.h"